WO2022137922A1 - Production method for laminate equipped with surface protection film, and laminate - Google Patents
Production method for laminate equipped with surface protection film, and laminate Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022137922A1 WO2022137922A1 PCT/JP2021/042519 JP2021042519W WO2022137922A1 WO 2022137922 A1 WO2022137922 A1 WO 2022137922A1 JP 2021042519 W JP2021042519 W JP 2021042519W WO 2022137922 A1 WO2022137922 A1 WO 2022137922A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- layer
- laminate
- liquid crystal
- film
- polarizing element
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 34
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 372
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 176
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 128
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims description 107
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 82
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims description 82
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 claims description 58
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 claims description 32
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 279
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 70
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 60
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 46
- -1 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 44
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 42
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 31
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 31
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 31
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 27
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 26
- CNQCVBJFEGMYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lawrencium atom Chemical compound [Lr] CNQCVBJFEGMYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 24
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 22
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 18
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 17
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 12
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 9
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 9
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 8
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Substances [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920000459 Nitrile rubber Polymers 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229920005601 base polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 5
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000209094 Oryza Species 0.000 description 4
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000004962 Polyamide-imide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical class C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003851 corona treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000982 direct dye Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920003207 poly(ethylene-2,6-naphthalate) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002312 polyamide-imide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920013716 polyethylene resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical class CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 3
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012788 optical film Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001707 polybutylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002943 EPDM rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004697 Polyetherimide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001328 Polyvinylidene chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004974 Thermotropic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001767 cationic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 2
- SLZCDQVDTBWJND-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium 8-[[4-[4-[(4-ethoxyphenyl)diazenyl]-3-methylphenyl]-2-methylphenyl]diazenyl]-7-hydroxynaphthalene-1,3-disulfonate Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=C(C=C1)N=NC2=C(C=C(C=C2)C3=CC(=C(C=C3)N=NC4=C(C=CC5=CC(=CC(=C54)S(=O)(=O)O)S(=O)(=O)[O-])[O-])C)C.[Na+].[Na+] SLZCDQVDTBWJND-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001411 inorganic cation Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornene Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CC[C@H]1C=C2 JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- TZMFJUDUGYTVRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-2,3-dione Chemical group CCC(=O)C(C)=O TZMFJUDUGYTVRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001643 poly(ether ketone) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920006267 polyester film Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001228 polyisocyanate Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000005056 polyisocyanate Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001289 polyvinyl ether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005033 polyvinylidene chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007127 saponification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006352 transparent thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- PSGCQDPCAWOCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4,7,7-trimethyl-3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl) prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(OC(=O)C=C)CC1C2(C)C PSGCQDPCAWOCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNNLYDWXTKOQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-di(prop-2-enoyloxy)propyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC(CC)(OC(=O)C=C)OC(=O)C=C NNNLYDWXTKOQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFNYOIKHNYCFRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-phenoxyethoxy)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QFNYOIKHNYCFRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNMJQRPYVCIXGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-ethylhexoxy)ethoxy]ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COCCOCCOC(=O)C=C XNMJQRPYVCIXGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNOKZEPGCZFFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-phenoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 KNOKZEPGCZFFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWZMWHWAWHPNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxypropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(O)COC(=O)C=C GWZMWHWAWHPNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMMZCWZIJXAGKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpent-2-ene Chemical compound CCC=C(C)C JMMZCWZIJXAGKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZVINYQDSSQUKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 RZVINYQDSSQUKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YHFGMFYKZBWPRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylpentane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCC(C)CC(O)O YHFGMFYKZBWPRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004985 Discotic Liquid Crystal Substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O Imidazolium Chemical compound C1=C[NH+]=CN1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- DKNPRRRKHAEUMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iodine aqueous Chemical compound [K+].I[I-]I DKNPRRRKHAEUMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004976 Lyotropic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004988 Nematic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-O Piperidinium(1+) Chemical compound C1CC[NH2+]CC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004990 Smectic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- LCXXNKZQVOXMEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CCCO1 LCXXNKZQVOXMEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAXXETNIOYFMLW-COPLHBTASA-N [(1s,3s,4s)-4,7,7-trimethyl-3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl] 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(=C)C)C[C@H]1C2(C)C IAXXETNIOYFMLW-COPLHBTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012644 addition polymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000180 alkyd Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001449 anionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003373 anti-fouling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCTPMLUUWLLESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 GCTPMLUUWLLESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLSMCQSGRWNEGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(4-aminophenyl)methanone Chemical class C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 ZLSMCQSGRWNEGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012461 cellulose resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005345 chemically strengthened glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- OIWOHHBRDFKZNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OC1CCCCC1 OIWOHHBRDFKZNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBLWLMPSVYBVDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC1CCCCC1 KBLWLMPSVYBVDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005994 diacetyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004386 diacrylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- GMSCBRSQMRDRCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C GMSCBRSQMRDRCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005674 electromagnetic induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004049 embossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006081 fluorescent whitening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012760 heat stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC([O-])=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 229910001412 inorganic anion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017053 inorganic salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940119545 isobornyl methacrylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003780 keratinization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004898 kneading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lauryl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011254 layer-forming composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000113 methacrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- ORQBXQOJMQIAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N nobelium Chemical compound [No] ORQBXQOJMQIAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002891 organic anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical compound [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 229920003050 poly-cycloolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005678 polyethylene based resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006290 polyethylene naphthalate film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000009719 polyimide resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000306 polymethylpentene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011116 polymethylpentene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920005673 polypropylene based resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001012 protector Effects 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000004053 quinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007870 radical polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012508 resin bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010897 surface acoustic wave method Methods 0.000 description 1
- MUTNCGKQJGXKEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tamibarotene Chemical compound C=1C=C2C(C)(C)CCC(C)(C)C2=CC=1NC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 MUTNCGKQJGXKEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012719 thermal polymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005341 toughened glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B37/00—Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding
- B32B37/02—Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by a sequence of laminating steps, e.g. by adding new layers at consecutive laminating stations
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B1/00—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
- G02B1/10—Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
- G02B1/14—Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/041—Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
- G09F9/30—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film and a laminate that can be used thereof.
- a polarizing plate in which a protective film is laminated on a polarizing element made of polyvinyl alcohol-based resin via an adhesive, or on a polarizing element and a base material.
- An optical film or the like in which a retardation film on which a retardation layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed is laminated is known (Patent Documents 1 and 2).
- the above-mentioned polarizing plate and optical film often have curl at the end, and even when a surface protection film is further attached to the curled polarizing plate or optical film, the curl remains.
- the present invention is a method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises a surface protective film, a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curable layer in this order. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film capable of reducing curl, and a laminate used in the method for producing the laminate.
- the present invention provides the following method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film and the laminate.
- a method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film which comprises a surface protective film and a laminate.
- the laminate includes a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order.
- a bonding step in which the surface protective film is detachably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body to obtain a laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded, and a lamination in which the surface protective film is bonded.
- a method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film wherein the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B.
- the tension of the laminate to which the surface protective film is attached is 0 N / m or more and 30 N / m or less in the pressing step.
- Method for manufacturing a laminate [5] A polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer are provided in this order.
- the polarizing element protective layer has a hard coat layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element.
- the laminate according to [5] wherein the thickness of the laminate is 70 ⁇ m or less.
- any layer on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element is ultraviolet absorbent.
- any of the layers on the hardcourt layer side of the polarizing element has an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm.
- the polarizing element contains a dichroic dye and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film.
- the liquid crystal curing layer includes a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in this order from the second adhesive layer side [5] to The laminate according to any one of [9].
- a laminate with a surface protective film which comprises the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10] and a surface protective film laminated on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element protective layer.
- a circular polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10].
- a laminate for a flexible image display device which includes the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10] and a front plate or a touch sensor.
- a laminate with a surface protective film including a surface protective film, a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order.
- a manufacturing method it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film capable of reducing curl, and a laminated body used in the manufacturing method.
- the method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film is a method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film including the surface protective film and the laminated body, and the laminated body includes a polarizing element protective layer and a first.
- a surface protective film is formed by providing a 1-adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order, and a surface protective film is releasably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminate.
- Pressing by inserting the laminated body with the bonded laminate in one direction between the pair of pressing rolls and passing between the pressing rolls in the bonding process to obtain the bonded laminate. Including the process.
- the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer opposite to the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B.
- the manufacturing method of the laminate with the surface protective film will be described below with reference to the drawings.
- the surface protective film 11 is detachably attached to the polarizing element protective layer (not shown) side of the laminate 10, and the surface protective film is attached.
- the bonding step of obtaining the laminated body and by inserting the laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded in one direction between the pair of pressing rolls 12 and 13, and passing the laminated body between the pressing rolls 12 and 13. Includes a pressing step of pressing.
- the laminate 10 includes a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order.
- the polarizing element protective layer preferably has a hard coat layer on the surface opposite to the polarizing element.
- the laminate 10, the stator protective layer, the first adhesive layer, the polarizing element, the second adhesive layer, the liquid crystal curing layer, and the hard coat layer will be described later in the laminate according to another aspect of the present invention. Is applied.
- the laminated body 10 may have a long shape or a single leaf shape.
- the single-wafer-shaped laminate can be obtained by cutting from the long laminate.
- the plan view shape of the laminated body 10 may be, for example, a square shape, preferably a square shape having a long side and a short side, and more preferably a rectangular shape.
- the length of the long side may be, for example, 10 mm or more and 1400 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or more and 600 mm or less.
- the length of the short side is, for example, 5 mm or more and 800 mm or less, preferably 30 mm or more and 500 mm or less, and more preferably 50 mm or more and 300 mm or less.
- the thickness of the laminated body 10 is not particularly limited because it varies depending on the function required for the laminated body 10, the application of the laminated body 10, and the like, but may be, for example, 70 ⁇ m or less, preferably 60 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less. be.
- the laminate 10 is usually 10 ⁇ m or more, and may be, for example, 20 ⁇ m or more.
- the laminated body 10 can be used as an image display device.
- the image display device may be any such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device.
- the laminated body 10 may be arranged on the front side (visual recognition side) of the image display device, or may be arranged on the back side. When the laminate 10 is arranged on the front side of the image display device, it can be arranged so that the surface protective film 11 side is the outermost surface.
- the laminated body 10 may be, for example, a laminated body having antireflection performance.
- Examples of the laminated body having antireflection performance include a circular polarizing plate.
- the image display device by providing a laminated body having antireflection performance on the front side of the image display device, it is possible to suppress a decrease in visibility due to reflection of external light.
- Pencil hardness In the laminate 10, the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer on the opposite side of the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B. Pencil hardness can be measured according to the method described in the Examples section below.
- the polarizing element protective layer has the above-mentioned pencil hardness, it is possible to reduce the curl of the laminate with the surface protective film after the pressing step.
- a linear polarizing plate in which a protective film is laminated on a polarizing element via an adhesive curling often occurs in the final product due to shrinkage of the polarizing element, tension balance at the time of bonding, and the like.
- the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the retardation layer is generally obtained by ultraviolet curing in many cases, and after the base material is peeled off, it becomes a final product due to the shrinkage stress caused by the ultraviolet curing of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. It may greatly affect the later curl.
- a laminate with a surface protective film which comprises a surface protective film, a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal cured layer in this order.
- a surface protective film which comprises a surface protective film, a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal cured layer in this order.
- the curl generated in the laminated body 10 may be a normal curl or a reverse curl.
- the normal curl is a state in which the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body 10 is concave
- the reverse curl is a state in which the liquid crystal cured layer side of the laminated body 10 is concave.
- the manufacturing method of the present invention it is possible to manufacture a laminated body with a surface protective film in which curl is reduced regardless of whether the curl is normal or reverse curl.
- the curl generated in the laminated body 10 is a curl generated so that the end portion of the laminate 10 in the direction parallel to the absorption axis direction is lifted (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in the direction parallel to the absorption axis direction).
- It may be a curl (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in a direction parallel to the transmission axis direction) generated so that the end portion of the laminate 10 in the direction parallel to the transmission axis direction is lifted. There may be.
- a curl hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in a direction parallel to the transmission axis direction
- the surface protective film 11 is, for example, a surface protective film 11 composed of a base film and an adhesive layer laminated on the base film, such that the surface of the laminated body, particularly the laminated body, comes into contact with other objects. It is a film to protect it from being scratched.
- the surface protective film 11 can be peeled off by being bonded to the laminated body via the adhesive layer, and the surface protective film 11 has, for example, after the laminated body is bonded to an image display element or another optical member. The entire adhesive layer is peeled off and removed.
- the resin constituting the base film is, for example, a polyethylene resin such as polyethylene, a polypropylene resin such as polypropylene, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate, a polycarbonate resin, or a (meth) acrylic resin. It can be a thermoplastic resin such as. Of these, polyester-based resins are preferable.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be composed of an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, an epoxy-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a silicone-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like. Further, it may be composed of a resin layer having self-adhesiveness such as polypropylene-based resin and polyethylene-based resin.
- (meth) acrylic resin represents at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin and methacrylic resin. The same applies to other terms with “(meta)”.
- the thickness of the surface protective film 11 is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of, for example, 20 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the base material is 20 ⁇ m or more, the strength tends to be easily imparted to the laminated body 10.
- the surface protective film 11 can be detachably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body 10 to obtain a laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded.
- the laminated body 10 can be bonded by superimposing the laminated body 10 on the surface protective film 11 arranged on the glass plate 15 installed on the support base 16.
- the pressing roll 12 By driving the pressing roll 12 that comes into contact with the laminated body 10, the laminated body 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is attached can be continuously conveyed while being pressed.
- the tension of the laminated body 10 before the surface protective film 11 is bonded (hereinafter, also referred to as the tension before bonding the laminated body 10) may be, for example, 50 N / m or more and 110 N / m or less, preferably 60 N / m. It is 100 N / m or less.
- the pre-bonding tension of the laminated body 10 refers to the tension in the direction parallel to the direction in which the laminated body 10 is passed through the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
- the tension of the surface protective film 11 before bonding to the laminate 10 may be, for example, 0 N / m or more and 20 N / m or less, preferably 0 N / m. It is m or more and 10 N / m or less.
- the pre-bonding tension of the surface protective film 11 refers to the tension in the direction parallel to the direction in which the surface protective film 11 is passed between the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
- the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 1 in the width direction of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 when the surface protective film 11 is viewed from the thickness direction.
- the polarizing element and the surface protective film 11 can be bonded so that the direction perpendicular to the direction is the absorption axis direction of the polarizing element.
- the surface protective film 11 may be attached so that the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 1 is the transmission axis direction of the polarizing element. can.
- one or both of the bonded surfaces can be subjected to a surface activation treatment such as a corona treatment.
- the laminated body 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is attached is oriented in one direction, inserted between the pair of pressing rolls 12 and 13, and pressed by passing between the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
- the laminate 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is attached is inserted between the pressing rolls 12 and 13 so that the absorption axis direction or the transmission axis direction of the polarizing element is perpendicular to the width direction of the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
- the absorber is preferably inserted between the pressing rolls 12 and 13 so that the direction of the absorption axis is perpendicular to the width direction of the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
- the surface hardness of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 may be, for example, 60 ° or more and 90 ° or less, preferably 65 ° or more and 80 ° or less.
- the hardness of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 can be measured by the method described in the column of Examples described later.
- the materials forming the pressing rolls 12 and 13 may be different from each other or the same, and examples thereof include rubber, metal, alloy, elastic metal, and a combination thereof.
- the material of the surface of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 in contact with the surface protective film and the laminate may be different from the material of the inside of the surface thereof, and the materials of the surfaces of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 are the same even if they are different from each other. It may be.
- the rubber may be, for example, NBR (nitrile rubber), titan, urethane and silicon, EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene rubber), etc., preferably NBR, titan and urethane, and more preferably NBR.
- Examples of the metal include iron and aluminum.
- Examples of the alloy include stainless steel such as SUS304 (stainless steel containing 18% Cr and 8% Ni).
- surface treatment such as chrome plating, nickel plating, DLC (diamond-like carbon) for the purpose of improving corrosion resistance and scratch resistance.
- the surface treatment may be a single layer or a plurality of layers may be laminated.
- the elastic metal means a structure in which the surface of an elastic body such as rubber or oil is covered with a metal layer having a thickness of 0.2 mm or more and 2 mm or less.
- Nickel, stainless steel, or the like can be used as the outermost metal layer of the elastic metal. It is preferable that the outermost metal layer of the elastic metal is also subjected to surface treatment such as chrome plating, nickel plating, DLC (diamond-like carbon) for the purpose of improving corrosion resistance and scratch resistance.
- the diameters of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 may be, for example, 50 mm or more and 90 mm or less, preferably 55 mm or more and 85 mm or less, and more preferably 60 mm or more and 80 mm or less.
- the pressure (nip pressure) applied to the laminate 1 to which the surface protective film 11 is bonded by the pressing rolls 12 and 13 is, for example, 0.4 MPa or more and 1.2 MPa or less, preferably 0.6 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less. Is.
- the tension of the laminate 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is bonded (hereinafter, also referred to as post-bonding tension) may be, for example, 0 N / m or more and 20 N / m or less, preferably 0 N / m or more and 10 N / m or less. Is.
- the post-bonding tension refers to the tension in the direction parallel to the direction in which the laminated body 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is bonded is passed between the pressing rolls.
- the laminated body 14 with a surface protective film can be used for an image display device.
- the surface protective film 11 can be peeled off and removed.
- the laminate 14 with the surface protective film When the laminate 14 with the surface protective film is attached to the front side of the image display device with the surface protective film 11 side as the outside, it becomes easy to reduce the occurrence of bonding errors and bubbles when the laminate 14 is attached to the image display device. From the viewpoint, it is preferable that no curl is generated or that positive curl is generated, and when curl is generated, the amount of curl is preferably small. Further, when the laminate 14 with the surface protective film is used on the back side of the image display device with the cured liquid crystal layer side as the outside, it is easy to reduce the generation of bonding errors and bubbles when bonding to the image display device. Therefore, it is preferable that no curl is generated or reverse curl is generated, and when curl is generated, the amount of curl is preferably small.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the laminated body according to another aspect of the present invention.
- the laminate 1 shown in FIG. 2 includes a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, and a liquid crystal curing layer 105 in this order.
- the protective layer 101 has a hard coat layer 100 on the opposite side of the polarizing element 103.
- a polarizing plate protective layer 101 and a polarizing element 103 bonded to each other via the first adhesive layer 102 are also referred to as a linear polarizing plate.
- the laminated body 1 may have a long shape or a single leaf shape.
- the single-wafer-shaped laminate can be obtained by cutting from the long laminate.
- the plan view shape of the laminated body 1 may be, for example, a square shape, preferably a square shape having a long side and a short side, and more preferably a rectangular shape.
- the length of the long side may be, for example, 10 mm or more and 1400 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or more and 600 mm or less.
- the length of the short side is, for example, 5 mm or more and 800 mm or less, preferably 30 mm or more and 500 mm or less, and more preferably 50 mm or more and 300 mm or less.
- the thickness of the laminated body 1 is not particularly limited because it varies depending on the function required for the laminated body 1, the application of the laminated body 1, and the like, but may be, for example, 70 ⁇ m or less, preferably 60 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less. be.
- the laminate 1 is usually 10 ⁇ m or more, and may be, for example, 20 ⁇ m or more.
- the laminated body 1 may be curled, may be a normal curl, or may be a reverse curl. Further, when the curl generated in the laminated body 1 is a rectangular polarizing plate, two of the four sides are in the absorption axis direction, and the remaining two sides are in the direction orthogonal to the absorption axis. It may be a curl (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in a direction parallel to the absorption axis direction) generated so that the end portion of the polarizing element 103 of the laminate 1 in the direction parallel to the absorption axis direction is lifted, or the layered body. The curl (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in the direction parallel to the transmission axis direction) may be generated so that the end portion of the polarizing element 103 of 1 in the direction parallel to the transmission axis direction is lifted.
- the laminated body 1 can be used as an image display device.
- the image display device may be any such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device.
- the laminated body 1 may be arranged on the front side (visual recognition side) of the image display device, or may be arranged on the back side. When the laminate 1 is arranged on the front surface side of the image display device, it can be arranged so that the hard coat layer 100 side is the outermost surface.
- the laminated body 1 may be, for example, a laminated body having antireflection performance.
- Examples of the laminated body having antireflection performance include a circular polarizing plate.
- the image display device by providing a laminated body having antireflection performance on the front side of the image display device, it is possible to suppress a decrease in visibility due to reflection of external light.
- any layer on the hard coat layer 100 side may be ultraviolet-absorbing, and for example, at least one of the hard coat layer 100, the polarizing element protection layer 101, and the first adhesive layer 102 is ultraviolet-absorbing. May be.
- any layer on the hard coat layer 100 side may have an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm, for example, among the hard coat layer 100, the polarizing element protection layer 101, and the first adhesive layer 102. At least one layer may have an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm.
- the hard coat layer 100 is formed on the side opposite to the polarizing element 103 of the polarizing element protection layer 101.
- the hard coat layer can have a function of improving the hardness and scratch property of the polarizing element protective layer 101.
- the hardcoat layer can also have functions such as UV absorption, antiglare, antireflection, light diffusivity, antistatic, antifouling, and conductivity.
- the pencil hardness of the surface of the hard coat layer 100 is 3B or softer than 3B. Since the polarizing element protective layer has the above-mentioned pencil hardness, curl tends to be easily reduced when the laminate is formed with a surface protective film.
- the pencil hardness can be measured according to the measuring method described in the column of Examples described later.
- the hard coat layer 100 can be a layer containing a cured product of a composition for forming a hard coat layer containing an active energy ray-curable resin.
- the active energy ray-curable resin include acrylic resins, silicone resins, polyester resins, urethane resins, amide resins, epoxy resins and the like.
- the cured product of the composition for forming a hard coat layer can be obtained, for example, by applying the composition for forming a hard coat layer on the polarizing element protective layer 101, which is a thermoplastic resin film, and curing the composition. Further, a thermoplastic resin film provided with a commercially available hard coat layer can also be used.
- the composition for forming a hard coat layer may be, for example, a thermosetting composition, a cationic curable composition, a radical curable composition, or the like.
- the composition for forming a hard coat layer can contain, for example, a polymerizable monomer, a polymerization initiator, an additive, a solvent and the like.
- Additives include, for example, plasticizers, UV absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, etc. Examples thereof include lubricants, surfactants, inorganic fine particles, organic fine particles, or mixtures thereof.
- the thickness of the hard coat layer 100 may be, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the polarizing element protective layer 101 is a layer for protecting the surface of the polarizing element 103, particularly the polarizing element 103, and is arranged on one side or both sides of the polarizing element 103 via only the first adhesive layer 102 or directly. Can be The stator protective layer 101 is firmly laminated with the polarizing element 103 via the first adhesive layer 102. Normally, the polarizing element protection layer 101 and the polarizing element 102 are integrated via the first adhesive layer 102 so as not to be separated from each other. When the laminate 1 has the stator protective layer 101 on one side, the polarizing element protective layer 101 can be arranged so that the hard coat layer 100 is on the opposite side of the polarizing element.
- the stator protective layer 101 can be formed from, for example, a thermoplastic resin film. The stator protective layer 101 can be attached to the polarizing element 103 via the first adhesive layer 102.
- the thermoplastic resin film may be, for example, a translucent, preferably optically transparent thermoplastic resin film, and examples thereof include a chain polyolefin resin (polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, poly). Methylpentene resin, etc.), Cyclic polyolefin resin (Norbornen resin, etc.) and other polyolefin resins; Triacetyl cellulose and other cellulose resins; Polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and other polyester resins; Polycarbonate resin Resins; ethylene-vinyl acetate resin; polystyrene resin; polyamide resin; polyetherimide resin; (meth) acrylic resin such as polymethyl (meth) acrylate resin; polyimide resin; polyether sulfone resin; polysulfone system Resins; polyvinyl chloride-based resins; polyvinylidene chloride-based resins; polyvinyl alcohol-based resins; polyvin
- thermoplastic resin can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, a triacetyl cellulose-based resin film, a cyclic polyolefin-based resin film, and a (meth) acrylic-based resin film are preferable from the viewpoint of strength and translucency.
- the thickness of the thermoplastic resin film may be, for example, 30 ⁇ m or less, preferably 25 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of thinning, and usually 1 ⁇ m or more, preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 15 ⁇ m or more. ..
- the thermoplastic resin film may or may not have a phase difference.
- the first adhesive layer 102 has a function of bonding the polarizing element protection layer 101 and the polarizing element 103.
- the adhesive used for the first adhesive layer 102 includes an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as an ultraviolet curable adhesive, an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, an aqueous solution containing a cross-linking agent, and a urethane-based emulsion adhesive. Examples thereof include water-based adhesives such as agents.
- the ultraviolet curable adhesive may be a mixture of a radically polymerizable (meth) acrylic compound and a photoradical polymerization initiator, a mixture of a cationically polymerizable epoxy compound and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and the like. Further, a cationically polymerizable epoxy compound and a radically polymerizable (meth) acrylic compound may be used in combination, and a photocationic polymerization initiator and a photoradical polymerization initiator may be used in combination as an initiator.
- the thickness of the first adhesive layer 102 may be, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the adhesive When using an active energy ray-curable adhesive, the adhesive is cured by irradiating it with active energy rays after bonding.
- the light source of the active energy ray is not particularly limited, but an active energy ray (ultraviolet ray) having a emission distribution at a wavelength of 400 nm or less is preferable, and specifically, a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, Black light lamps, microwave-excited mercury lamps, metal halide lamps and the like are preferably used.
- the bonded surfaces are subjected to corona treatment, flame treatment, and plasma treatment. , UV irradiation treatment, primer coating treatment, keratinization treatment and other surface treatments may be performed.
- the splitter 103 is a polarizing element having a property of absorbing linearly polarized light having a vibration plane parallel to the absorption axis and transmitting linear polarization having a vibration plane orthogonal to the absorption axis (parallel to the transmission axis). Can be done.
- the splitter 103 may further have one or both of the substrate and the alignment film described below.
- Examples of the polarizing element 103 include a stretched film or a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed, or a film on which a dichroic dye is applied and cured. Specifically, iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye.
- dichroic organic dyes C.I. I.
- a dichroic direct dye composed of a disazo compound such as DIRECT RED 39 and a dichroic direct dye composed of a compound such as trisazo and tetrakisazo are included.
- a splitter that is a stretched film or stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed A polarizing element, which is a stretched film having a dichroic dye adsorbed (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “stretched film”), will be described.
- the stretched film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed is usually a step of uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film, and a step of dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with the bicolor dye to adsorb the bicolor dye.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed can be produced through a step of treating with a boric acid aqueous solution and a step of washing with water after the treatment with the boric acid aqueous solution.
- the thickness of the polarizing element, which is a stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed may be, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is obtained by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin.
- the polyvinyl acetate-based resin in addition to polyvinyl acetate which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is used.
- examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and (meth) acrylamides having an ammonium group.
- the saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 85 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, preferably 98 mol% or more.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can also be used.
- the degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 1000 or more and 10000 or less, preferably 1500 or more and 5000 or less.
- a film made of such a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is used as a raw film for a stretched film.
- the method for forming the film of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and the film can be formed by a known method.
- the film thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based raw film may be, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less.
- the uniaxial stretching of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be performed before dyeing with a dichroic dye, at the same time as dyeing, or after dyeing. If the uniaxial stretching is performed after staining, the uniaxial stretching may be performed before the boric acid treatment or during the boric acid treatment. It is also possible to perform uniaxial stretching at these multiple stages. In uniaxial stretching, rolls having different peripheral speeds may be uniaxially stretched, or thermal rolls may be used to uniaxially stretch the rolls. Further, the uniaxial stretching may be a dry stretching in which stretching is performed in the atmosphere, or a wet stretching in which the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is swollen using a solvent. The draw ratio is usually about 3 times or more and 8 times or less.
- Dyeing of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a dichroic dye is performed, for example, by immersing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing the dichroic dye.
- iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye.
- dichroic organic dyes C.I. I.
- a dichroic direct dye composed of a disazo compound such as DIRECT RED 39 and a dichroic direct dye composed of a compound such as trisazo and tetrakisazo are included.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably immersed in water before the dyeing treatment.
- iodine When iodine is used as a dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide and dyeing is usually adopted.
- the iodine content in this aqueous solution is usually 0.01 parts by mass or more and 1 part by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of water.
- the content of potassium iodide is usually 0.5 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of water.
- the temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually 20 ° C. or higher and 40 ° C. or lower.
- the immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually 20 seconds or more and 1,800 seconds or less.
- a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye and dyeing is usually adopted.
- the content of the bicolor organic dye in this aqueous solution is usually 1 ⁇ 10 -4 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 -3 parts by mass or more and 1 part by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of water. Yes, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 -3 parts by mass or more and 1 ⁇ 10 -2 parts by mass or less.
- This aqueous solution may contain an inorganic salt such as sodium sulfate as a dyeing aid.
- the temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually 20 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower.
- the immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually 10 seconds or more and 1,800 seconds or less.
- the boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic dye can usually be performed by immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in a boric acid aqueous solution.
- the content of boric acid in this aqueous boric acid solution is usually 2 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 12 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of water.
- this aqueous boric acid preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in that case is usually 0.1 mass by mass per 100 parts by mass of water.
- the immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually 60 seconds or more and 1,200 seconds or less, preferably 150 seconds or more and 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 200 seconds or more and 400 seconds or less.
- the temperature of boric acid treatment is usually 50 ° C. or higher. It is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 85 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 60 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film after boric acid treatment is usually washed with water.
- the water washing treatment can be performed, for example, by immersing the boric acid-treated polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in water.
- the temperature of water in the washing treatment is usually 5 ° C. or higher and 40 ° C. or lower.
- the immersion time is usually 1 second or more and 120 seconds or less.
- a drying treatment is performed to obtain a stretched film on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed.
- the drying process can be performed using, for example, a hot air dryer or a far-infrared heater.
- the temperature of the drying treatment is usually 30 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower, preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower.
- the drying treatment time is usually 60 seconds or more and 600 seconds or less, preferably 120 seconds or more and 600 seconds or less.
- the water content is usually 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less, preferably 8% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less.
- the moisture content is less than 5% by mass, the flexibility of the stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed is lost, and the stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed is damaged or broken after drying. Sometimes. Further, if the water content exceeds 20% by mass, the thermal stability of the stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed may deteriorate.
- a polarizing element which is a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “stretched layer”) will be described.
- the stretched layer on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed is usually a step of applying a coating liquid containing the above polyvinyl alcohol resin on a substrate to obtain a laminated film, a step of uniaxially stretching the obtained laminated film, and uniaxial stretching.
- It can be manufactured through a process.
- the base material the thermoplastic resin film exemplified in the description of the stator protective layer 101 is applied.
- the base material may be peeled off and removed from the stretched layer, or the base material may be used as the stator protective layer 101.
- the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less. When the base material is incorporated into the laminate 1, the thickness of the base material is preferably 30 ⁇ m or less.
- a composition containing a dichroic dye having a liquid crystal property or a composition containing a dichroic dye and a liquid crystal compound is applied to a substrate and cured.
- examples include films containing objects.
- the thermoplastic resin film exemplified in the description of the polarizing element protective layer 101 described later is applied.
- the base material may be peeled off and removed from the film coated with the dichroic dye and cured, or the base material may be used as the polarizing element protective layer 101.
- the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less. When the base material is incorporated into the laminate 1, the thickness of the base material is preferably 30 ⁇ m or less.
- the substrate may have a hardcourt layer, an antireflection layer or an antistatic layer on at least one surface. The hardcoat layer, antireflection layer and antistatic layer are formed only on the surface of the base material on the side where the cured product is not formed, or only on the surface of the base material on the side where the cured product is formed. You may.
- the film coated with the dichroic dye and cured is thin, but if it is too thin, the strength is lowered and the processability tends to be inferior.
- the thickness of the film is usually 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 3 ⁇ m or less.
- film coated with the dichroic dye and cured include those described in JP2013-37353A, JP2013-333249, and the like.
- the alignment film can be arranged between the base material and the composition containing the dichroic dye having liquid crystallinity, or the layer of the cured product of the composition containing the dichroic dye and the liquid crystal compound.
- the alignment film has an orientation regulating force that aligns the liquid crystal layer formed on the liquid crystal layer in a desired direction.
- Examples of the alignment film include an orientation polymer layer formed of an orientation polymer, a photo-alignment polymer layer formed of a photo-alignment polymer, and a grub alignment film having an uneven pattern or a plurality of grubs (grooves) on the surface of the layer. Can be done.
- the thickness of the alignment film may be, for example, 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and preferably 10 nm or more and 200 nm or less.
- the oriented polymer layer can be formed by applying a composition in which an oriented polymer is dissolved in a solvent to a base material to remove the solvent, and if necessary, rubbing treatment.
- the orientation restricting force can be arbitrarily adjusted depending on the surface condition of the oriented polymer and the rubbing conditions.
- the photo-oriented polymer layer can be formed by applying a composition containing a polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group and a solvent to a substrate and irradiating it with polarized light.
- the orientation restricting force can be arbitrarily adjusted in the photo-alignment polymer layer depending on the polarization irradiation conditions for the photo-alignment polymer.
- the grub alignment film is, for example, a method of forming an uneven pattern by exposure and development through an exposure mask having a pattern-shaped slit on the surface of a photosensitive polyimide film, and is active on a plate-shaped master having a groove on the surface.
- An uncured layer of an active energy ray-curable resin is formed on the substrate, and the layer has irregularities. It can be formed by a method of forming irregularities and hardening by pressing a roll-shaped master having the above.
- the second adhesive layer 104 has a function of bonding the polarizing element 103 and the liquid crystal curing layer 105.
- the second adhesive layer 104 can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer usually formed of a pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive (hereinafter, also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive).
- the thickness of the second adhesive layer 104 may be, for example, in the range of 1 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 45 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 3 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a resin as a main component, such as (meth) acrylic, rubber, urethane, ester, silicone, and polyvinyl ether.
- a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a (meth) acrylic resin as a base polymer is preferable from the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, heat resistance and storage elastic modulus.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be an active energy ray-curable type or a thermosetting type.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic resin (base polymer) used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition include butyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, and 2- (meth) acrylate.
- a polymer or copolymer having one or more (meth) acrylic acid esters such as ethylhexyl as a monomer is preferably used. It is preferable that the base polymer is copolymerized with a polar monomer.
- Examples of the polar monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylic acid, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and glycidyl ( Examples thereof include monomers having a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an epoxy group and the like, such as meth) acrylate.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may contain only the above-mentioned base polymer, but usually further contains a cross-linking agent.
- the cross-linking agent is a divalent or higher metal ion that forms a carboxylic acid metal salt with a carboxyl group; a polyamine compound that forms an amide bond with a carboxyl group; poly.
- Epoxy compounds and polyols that form an ester bond with a carboxyl group; polyisocyanate compounds that form an amide bond with a carboxyl group are exemplified. Of these, polyisocyanate compounds are preferable.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is dissolved or dispersed in an organic solvent such as toluene or ethyl acetate to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive liquid, which is directly applied to the target surface of the laminate to prepare the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- an organic solvent such as toluene or ethyl acetate
- the separate film can be a film made of a polyethylene resin such as polyethylene, a polypropylene resin such as polypropylene, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, or the like. Of these, a stretched film of polyethylene terephthalate is preferable.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains optional components such as glass fibers, glass beads, resin beads, fillers composed of metal powder and other inorganic powders, pigments, colorants, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents and the like. Can be done.
- the antistatic agent examples include ionic compounds, conductive fine particles, conductive polymers and the like, and ionic compounds are preferably used.
- the cation component constituting the ionic compound may be an inorganic cation or an organic cation.
- the organic cation examples include pyridinium cation, imidazolium cation, ammonium cation, sulfonium cation, phosphonium cation, piperidinium cation, pyrrolidinium cation and the like, and examples of the inorganic cation include lithium ion and potassium ion.
- the anion component constituting the ionic compound may be an inorganic anion or an organic anion, but an anion component containing a fluorine atom is preferable because it provides an ionic compound having excellent antistatic performance.
- anion components containing a fluorine atom hexafluorophosphate anion [(PF 6- ) ], bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N- ] anion, bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [ (FSO 2 ) 2 N- ] Anions and the like can be mentioned.
- the bonded surfaces are subjected to corona treatment, flame treatment, plasma treatment, and ultraviolet rays.
- Surface treatment such as irradiation treatment, primer coating treatment, and saponification treatment may be performed.
- the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is laminated on the opposite side of the polarizing element 103 from the polarizing element protective layer 101 via the second adhesive layer 104.
- the liquid crystal cured layer 105 can be a liquid crystal cured retardation layer having the function of a retardation layer.
- the liquid crystal curable retardation layer include a positive A layer such as a ⁇ / 4 layer and a ⁇ / 2 layer, and a liquid crystal curable layer having a function such as a positive C layer.
- the liquid crystal curing layer 105 may further include an alignment layer and a base material described later.
- the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is a layer of a cured product cured by polymerizing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the liquid crystal cured layer 105 may be one in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are polymerized with each other in a liquid crystal oriented state.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be oriented in-plane or vertically. When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is oriented in the plane, the liquid crystal cured layer 105 becomes a positive A layer showing an in-plane phase difference. When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is vertically oriented, it becomes a positive C layer showing a phase difference in the thickness direction.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a compound having a polymerizable group and can be in a liquid crystal state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured by the reaction between the polymerizable groups of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the polymerization of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited, but can be classified into a rod-shaped type (rod-shaped liquid crystal compound) and a disk-shaped type (disk-shaped liquid crystal compound, discotic liquid crystal compound) according to its shape. Further, there are a small molecule type and a high molecular type, respectively.
- the polymer generally means a polymer having a degree of polymerization of 100 or more (Polymer Physics / Phase Transition Dynamics, Masao Doi, 2 pages, Iwanami Shoten, 1992). Any polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used in the present invention.
- rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds two or more kinds of rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds, two or more kinds of disk-shaped liquid crystal compounds, or a mixture of a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound and a disk-shaped liquid crystal compound may be used.
- the rod-shaped liquid crystal compound for example, the compound described in claim 1 of JP-A No. 11-513019 can be preferably used.
- the disk-shaped liquid crystal compound for example, those described in paragraphs [0020] to [0067] of JP-A-2007-108732 or paragraphs [0013]-[0108] of JP-A-2010-244033 are preferable. Can be used.
- the layer obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a layer formed by fixing a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group by polymerization. In this case, it is no longer necessary to exhibit liquid crystallinity after forming a layer.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound has a polymerizable group capable of carrying out a polymerization reaction.
- a polymerizable group for example, a functional group capable of an addition polymerization reaction such as a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group or a ring-polymerizable group is preferable.
- examples of the polymerizable group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group, styryl group, allyl group and the like. Among them, the (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
- the (meth) acryloyl group is a concept that includes both a meta-acryloyl group and an acryloyl group.
- the liquid crystal property of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a lyotropic liquid crystal, and if the thermotropic liquid crystal is classified by order, it may be a nematic liquid crystal or a smectic liquid crystal.
- the liquid crystal cured layer 105 can be formed by applying a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer) onto, for example, an alignment layer and irradiating it with active energy rays. can.
- the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer contains a polymerization initiator.
- a polymerization initiator used for example, a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator is selected depending on the type of the polymerization reaction.
- examples of the photopolymerization initiator include ⁇ -carbonyl compounds, acyloin ethers, ⁇ -hydrocarbon-substituted aromatic acyloin compounds, polynuclear quinone compounds, and combinations of triarylimidazole dimers and p-aminophenyl ketones.
- the amount of the polymerization initiator used is preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less, and 0.5% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less, based on the total solid content in the coating liquid. Is more preferable.
- the cured product is a state in which the formed layer alone can exist independently without being deformed or flowed.
- composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain a polymerizable monomer from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the coating film and the strength of the film.
- the polymerizable monomer include radically polymerizable or cationically polymerizable compounds. Among them, a polyfunctional radically polymerizable monomer is preferable.
- the polymerizable monomer is preferably one that can be copolymerized with the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the amount of the polymerizable monomer used is preferably 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 2% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain a surfactant from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the coating film and the strength of the film.
- the surfactant include conventionally known compounds. Among them, fluorine-based compounds are particularly preferable.
- composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain a solvent, and an organic solvent is preferably used.
- organic solvent include amide (eg, N, N-dimethylformamide), sulfoxide (eg, dimethyl sulfoxide), heterocyclic compound (eg, pyridine), hydrocarbon (eg, benzene, hexane), alkyl halide (eg, eg).
- the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer includes vertical alignment promoters such as a polarizing element interface side vertical alignment agent and an air interface side vertical alignment agent, as well as a polarizing element interface side horizontal alignment agent and an air interface side horizontal alignment agent.
- Various alignment agents such as the horizontal alignment accelerator may be contained.
- the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain an adhesion improver, a plasticizer, a polymer and the like in addition to the above components.
- the active energy ray includes ultraviolet rays, visible light, electron beams, and X-rays, and is preferably ultraviolet rays.
- the light source of the active energy ray include a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a tungsten lamp, a gallium lamp, an excima laser, and a wavelength range.
- Examples thereof include LED light sources that emit light of 380 to 440 nm, chemical lamps, black light lamps, microwave-excited mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and the like.
- the irradiation intensity of ultraviolet rays is usually 100 mW / cm 2 or more and 3,000 mW / cm 2 or less in the case of ultraviolet B waves (wavelength range 280 nm or more and 310 nm or less).
- the ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably an intensity in a wavelength region effective for activating the cationic polymerization initiator or the radical polymerization initiator.
- the time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is usually 0.1 seconds or more and 10 minutes or less, preferably 0.1 seconds or more and 5 minutes or less, more preferably 0.1 seconds or more and 3 minutes or less, and further preferably 0. . 1 second or more and 1 minute or less.
- the ultraviolet rays can be irradiated once or in a plurality of times.
- the integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 700 mJ / cm 2 or more, more preferably 1,100 mJ / cm 2 or more, and 1,300 mJ / cm 2 or more. It is more preferable to do so.
- the integrated light amount is advantageous for increasing the polymerization rate of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal cured layer 105 and improving the heat resistance.
- the integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 2,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, and more preferably 1,800 mJ / cm 2 or less.
- the integrated light intensity may lead to coloring of the liquid crystal cured layer 105.
- the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more.
- the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the above-mentioned upper limit value and lower limit value can be arbitrarily combined. When the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient durability can be obtained. When the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is not more than the upper limit value, it can contribute to the thinning of the laminated body 1.
- a desired in-plane retardation value of a layer giving a phase difference of ⁇ / 4, a layer giving a phase difference of ⁇ / 2, or a positive C layer, and a phase difference value in the thickness direction are obtained. Can be adjusted to be.
- the liquid crystal curing layer 105 may be a stack of a plurality of liquid crystal curing retardation layers having different different retardation characteristics.
- the liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be two layers or three or more layers.
- Each liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be laminated using an adhesive layer, or a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is applied to the surface of the already formed liquid crystal curing retardation layer and cured. May be good.
- the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the second adhesive layer 104 side
- the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is formed.
- Either one of the retardation layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be a ⁇ / 4 layer, preferably the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is a ⁇ / 4 layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer is ⁇ / 4.
- the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the second adhesive layer 104 side
- the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is formed.
- Either one of the retardation layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be a ⁇ / 2 layer, preferably the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is a ⁇ / 2 layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer is ⁇ / 2.
- the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the second adhesive layer 104 side
- the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is formed.
- Either one of the retardation layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be a positive C layer, preferably the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is a ⁇ / 4 layer or a positive C layer, and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer. Is a positive C layer or a ⁇ / 4 layer.
- the liquid crystal cured layer 105 may include an adhesive layer, a base material, and / or an alignment layer for orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound when forming the liquid crystal cured layer 105.
- the substrate is usually removed when the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is attached to the linear polarizing plate.
- the adhesive examples include an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as an ultraviolet curable adhesive, an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin or an aqueous solution containing a cross-linking agent, and a water-based adhesive such as a urethane-based emulsion adhesive. be able to.
- an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as an ultraviolet curable adhesive
- an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin or an aqueous solution containing a cross-linking agent such as a urethane-based emulsion adhesive.
- a water-based adhesive such as a urethane-based emulsion adhesive.
- the thickness of the liquid crystal cured layer 105 may be, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less, more preferably. Is 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less.
- the layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be formed, for example, on the alignment layer provided on the substrate.
- the base material has a function of supporting the alignment layer and may be a long base material. This base material functions as a releasable support and can support a liquid crystal curing layer or an alignment layer for transfer. Further, it is preferable that the surface has an adhesive force that can be peeled off.
- the base material include a translucent, preferably optically transparent thermoplastic resin film.
- the thermoplastic resin film include those exemplified in the above description of the stator protective layer.
- the base material may be subjected to various blocking prevention treatments.
- the blocking prevention treatment include an easy-adhesion treatment, a treatment of kneading a filler and the like, an embossing treatment (knurling treatment) and the like.
- the layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed on the substrate via the alignment layer. That is, the base material and the alignment layer are laminated in this order, and the layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is laminated on the alignment layer.
- the alignment layer is not limited to the vertical alignment layer, and may be an alignment layer that horizontally aligns the molecular axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, or may be an alignment layer that tiltly aligns the molecular axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. ..
- the alignment layer has solvent resistance that does not dissolve due to coating of a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, which will be described later, and heat resistance in heat treatment for removing the solvent and aligning the liquid crystal compound. preferable.
- Examples of the alignment layer include an alignment layer containing an orientation polymer, a photoalignment film, and a grub alignment layer in which an uneven pattern or a plurality of grooves are formed and oriented on the surface.
- the thickness of the oriented layer is usually in the range of 10 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less.
- the alignment layer has a function of supporting the liquid crystal curing layer 105 and may function as a releasable support.
- a liquid crystal curing layer for transfer can be supported, and the surface thereof may have an adhesive strength to the extent that it can be peeled off.
- the resin used for the alignment layer a resin obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable compound is used.
- the polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group, and is usually a non-liquid crystalline non-liquid crystal compound that does not become a liquid crystal state.
- the polymerizable groups of the polymerizable compound react with each other to polymerize the polymerizable compound, thereby forming a resin.
- Such a resin is used as an alignment layer for orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound at the stage of forming the liquid crystal cured layer 105, and if it is not contained in the liquid crystal cured layer 105, it can be used as a material for a known oriented layer.
- the resin to be used is not particularly limited, and a cured product obtained by curing a conventionally known monofunctional or polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer under a polymerization initiator can be used.
- examples of the (meth) acrylate-based monomer include 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, diethylene glycol mono2-ethylhexyl ether acrylate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether acrylate, tetraethylene glycol monophenyl ether acrylate, and trimethyl propanetriacrylate.
- Cyclohexyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid, urethane acrylate and the like can be exemplified.
- the resin may be one of these or a mixture of two or more.
- the oriented layer can be peeled off together with the substrate before and after the step of forming the liquid crystal cured layer 105 and then laminating it with a linear polarizing plate or the like.
- the alignment layer can be included in the liquid crystal curing layer 105 for the purpose of improving the peelability from the substrate and imparting film strength to the liquid crystal curing layer 105.
- the liquid crystal cured layer 105 contains an alignment layer, it is preferable to use a cured product obtained by curing a monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer, an imide-based monomer, or a vinyl ether-based monomer as the resin used for the alignment layer.
- Examples of the monofunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer include alkyl (meth) acrylates having 4 to 16 carbon atoms, ⁇ carboxyalkyl (meth) acrylates having 2 to 14 carbon atoms, and alkylated phenyl (meth) having 2 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include acrylates, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates and isobonyl (meth) acrylates.
- Bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomers include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate; 1,3-butanediol (meth) acrylate; 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; ethylene glycol di.
- (Meta) acrylate Diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; Triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Polyethylene glycol diacrylate; Bisphenol A bis (acrylate) Loyloxyethyl) ether; ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate; propoxylated neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; ethoxylated neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, 3-methylpentanediol di (meth) acrylate, etc. Can be mentioned.
- the imide-based resin obtained by curing the imide-based monomer examples include polyamide and polyimide.
- the imide-based resin may be one of these or a mixture of two or more.
- the resin forming the alignment layer may contain a monomer other than the monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer, the imide-based monomer and the vinyl ether-based monomer, but the monofunctional or bifunctional (meth)
- the content ratio of the acrylate-based monomer, the imide-based monomer, and the vinyl ether-based monomer may be 50% by mass or more, preferably 55% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more in the total monomer. ..
- the thickness of the alignment layer is usually in the range of 10 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less, and when the orientation of the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is in-plane orientation with respect to the film surface, the alignment layer The thickness is preferably 10 nm or more and 1000 nm or less, and when the orientation of the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is perpendicular to the film surface, it is preferably 100 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less. When the thickness of the oriented layer is within the above range, the peelability of the base material can be improved and appropriate film strength can be imparted.
- the laminated body with a surface protective film includes the laminated body 1 and the surface protective film laminated on the hard coat layer 100 side of the polarizing element protective layer 101.
- the surface protective film is peeled off together with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that the polarizing plate is attached to, for example, an image display element or another optical member.
- the surface protective film is composed of, for example, a base film and an adhesive layer laminated on the base film.
- the resin constituting the base film is, for example, a polyethylene resin such as polyethylene, a polypropylene resin such as polypropylene, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate, or a thermoplastic resin such as a polycarbonate resin. be able to.
- a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate is preferable.
- the thickness of the surface protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of, for example, 20 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the base material is 20 ⁇ m or more, the strength tends to be easily imparted to the laminated body 1.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be arranged on the outermost surface on the liquid crystal curing layer 105 side.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be a layer for attaching a touch sensor panel, an image display element, or the like to the laminated body 1.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is usually composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- a conventionally known pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used without particular limitation, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a base polymer such as an acrylic polymer, a urethane-based polymer, a silicone-based polymer, or a polyvinyl ether-based polymer can be used. Can be used. Further, it may be an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can have a separate film.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the layer structure of the laminated body.
- the laminate 2 shown in FIG. 3 has a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, and a first liquid crystal curing phase difference.
- a layer 111, a third adhesive layer 112, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113 are provided.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing still another example of the layer structure of the laminated body.
- the laminate 3 shown in FIG. 4 includes a surface protective film 114, a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, and a second adhesive layer 104.
- a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer 111, a third adhesive layer 112, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113 are provided.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the layer structure of the laminated body.
- the laminate 4 shown in FIG. 5 includes a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, and a first liquid crystal curing phase difference.
- a layer 111, a third adhesive layer 112, a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113, an adhesive layer 115, and a separate film 116 are provided.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing still another example of the layer structure of the laminated body.
- the laminate 5 shown in FIG. 6 includes a surface protective film 114, a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, and a fourth adhesive layer 106.
- the polarizing element protective layer 107, the second adhesive layer 104, the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer 111, the third adhesive layer 112, the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 115, and the separate A film 116 is provided.
- a polarizing element protective layer 101 provided with a hard coat layer 100 and a polarizing element 103 are bonded together via a first adhesive layer 102 to form a linear polarizing plate, and the linear polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display are formed. It can be manufactured by laminating the cured layer 105 with the second adhesive layer 104. In the case of bonding, it is preferable to apply a surface activation treatment such as corona treatment to one or both of the bonded surfaces in order to improve the adhesion.
- the adhesive layer used for the second adhesive layer 104 can be prepared as an adhesive sheet.
- a pressure-sensitive adhesive solution is prepared by dissolving or dispersing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in an organic solvent such as toluene or ethyl acetate, and a layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is formed on a release film which has been subjected to a mold release treatment. It can be produced by forming it into a sheet shape and laminating another release film on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- Each layer can be bonded by a method in which an adhesive sheet from which one release film has been peeled off is attached to one layer, then the other release film is peeled off, and the other layer is attached.
- the release film is preferably composed of a plastic film and a release layer.
- the plastic film include polyester films such as polyethylene terephthalate film, polybutylene terephthalate film, and polyethylene naphthalate film, and polyolefin films such as polypropylene film.
- the release layer can be formed from, for example, a composition for forming a release layer.
- the main component (resin) constituting the release layer forming composition is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a silicone resin, an alkyd resin, an acrylic resin, and a long-chain alkyl resin.
- the laminate of the present invention can be used in an image display device.
- the image display device is a device having an image display panel, and includes a light emitting element or a light emitting device as a light emitting source.
- Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display device, a touch panel display device, and the like.
- the laminate can be arranged on the visual side of the image display panel.
- the laminated body can be laminated on the image display device via the bonding layer.
- the laminated body 1 can be a laminated body for a flexible image display device including a front plate described later on the visual recognition side of the laminated body 1 and a touch panel described later on the front plate side or the opposite side of the laminated body 1.
- the flexible image display device is composed of a laminate for a flexible image display device and an organic EL display panel, and the laminate for the flexible image display device is arranged on the visual side with respect to the organic EL display panel and is configured to be bendable. There is.
- the laminated body for the flexible image display device may include the laminated body 1 and one or both of the front plate and the touch panel, and the stacking order thereof is arbitrary, but the front plate (window) is viewed from the visual side.
- the laminated body 1, the touch panel, or the front plate, the touch panel, and the laminated body 1 are preferably laminated in this order.
- the laminated body 1 is present on the visual recognition side of the touch panel, the pattern of the touch panel is difficult to be visually recognized and the visibility of the displayed image is improved, which is preferable.
- Each member can be laminated using an adhesive, an adhesive, or the like. Further, it can be provided with a light-shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any layer of the front plate, the laminated body 1, and the touch panel.
- a front plate may be arranged on the visible side of the laminated body 1.
- the front plate can be laminated on the laminated body 1 via the adhesive layer.
- Examples of the adhesive layer include the above-mentioned adhesive layer and adhesive layer.
- the front plate examples include those having a hard coat layer on at least one surface of glass or a resin film.
- the glass for example, highly transparent glass or tempered glass can be used. Particularly when a thin transparent surface material is used, chemically strengthened glass is preferable.
- the thickness of the glass can be, for example, 20 ⁇ m or more and 5 mm or less.
- the front plate including the hard coat layer on at least one surface of the resin film can have flexible characteristics instead of being rigid like existing glass.
- the thickness of the hard coat layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less.
- the resin film includes a cycloolefin derivative having a unit of a monomer containing a cycloolefin such as norbornene or a polycyclic norbornene-based monomer, and cellulose (diacetylcellulose, triacetylcellulose, acetylcellulosebutyrate, isobutylester cellulose).
- a cycloolefin derivative having a unit of a monomer containing a cycloolefin such as norbornene or a polycyclic norbornene-based monomer, and cellulose (diacetylcellulose, triacetylcellulose, acetylcellulosebutyrate, isobutylester cellulose).
- an unstretched uniaxial or biaxially stretched film can be used.
- Each of these polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Polymethylmethacrylate films and triacetylcellulose and isobutylester cellulose films that are transparent and optically non-anisotropic are preferred.
- the thickness of the resin film may be 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less.
- the light-shielding pattern (bezel) can be formed on the display element side of the front plate.
- the shading pattern can hide each wiring of the display device so that it cannot be seen by the user.
- the color and / or material of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and can be formed of a resin substance having various colors such as black, white, and gold.
- the thickness of the light-shielding pattern may be 2 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, preferably 4 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 6 ⁇ m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less. Further, in order to suppress the mixing of air bubbles due to the step between the light-shielding pattern and the display unit and the visibility of the boundary portion, the light-shielding pattern can be given a shape.
- the touch panel is used as an input means.
- various types such as a resistance film method, a surface acoustic wave method, an infrared ray method, an electromagnetic induction method, and a capacitance method have been proposed, and any method may be used.
- the capacitance method is preferable. It is divided into an active region of the capacitive touch sensor and an inactive region located in the outer portion of the active region.
- the active area is an area corresponding to the area where the screen is displayed on the display panel (display unit), the area where the user's touch is sensed, and the inactive area is the area where the screen is not displayed on the display device (non-active area). This is the area corresponding to the display unit).
- the touch panel has a substrate having flexible characteristics; a sensing pattern formed in an active region of the substrate; and a sensing pattern formed in an inactive region of the substrate to connect to an external drive circuit via the sensing pattern and a pad portion.
- Each sensing line of can be included.
- the substrate having flexible characteristics the same material as the transparent substrate of the front plate can be used.
- the layer structure of the laminated body for the flexible image display device will be described with reference to FIG. 7.
- the laminated body 6 for a flexible image display device shown in FIG. 7 adheres to the laminated body 120, the front plate 121 on the visible side of the laminated body 120 via the adhesive layer 122, and the laminated body 120 on the side opposite to the visible side.
- a touch panel 123 is provided via the agent layer 115.
- the laminate 120 includes a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer 111, and a first layer. 3
- the adhesive layer 112, the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 115 are provided.
- the hardness [°] was measured at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50% using a type A durometer hardness tester (rubber hardness tester “Type-A” manufactured by Asuka Co., Ltd.) specified in JIS K 6253.
- the liquid crystal cured layer was measured using a contact type film thickness measuring device (“MS-5C” manufactured by Nikon Corporation).
- Example 1 Preparation of raw material laminate
- a linear splitter (thickness 8 ⁇ m) having iodine adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared.
- a cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 ⁇ m) having a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 5B formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (A) -COP film”), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded.
- HC (A) -COP film the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded.
- a triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (thickness 20 ⁇ m) as a substituent protective layer was bonded to the other surface of the linear polarizing element via a water-based adhesive.
- TAC triacetyl cellulose
- the linear polarizing plate was obtained by laminating an HC (A) -COP film (HC layer, COP film), a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film in this order.
- the HC (A) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.9.
- a ⁇ / 4 plate which is a liquid crystal curing layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a third adhesive layer (thickness 2 ⁇ m) made of a cured product of an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and a polymerizable liquid crystal.
- a retardation layer in which positive C plates (thickness 3 ⁇ m), which are liquid crystal cured layers containing a cured product of the compound, were laminated in this order was prepared.
- the TAC film of the linear polarizing plate and the ⁇ / 4 plate of the retardation layer were bonded by a second adhesive layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m) which was an adhesive layer.
- a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film was prepared by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 25 ⁇ m) formed on a release film (thickness 38 ⁇ m) using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film is bonded to the positive C plate side of the retardation layer bonded to the linear polarizing plate, and a rectangle having a long side length of 100 mm and a short side length of 100 mm is bonded.
- the raw material laminate was obtained by cutting into.
- the raw material laminate includes a linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, a first adhesive layer, a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film), a second adhesive layer which is an adhesive layer, and a retardation layer ( ⁇ / 4).
- a plate, a third adhesive layer, a positive C plate), and an adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) were laminated in this order.
- the thickness of the laminated portion of the raw material laminate from the linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, linear splitter, TAC film) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) was 138 ⁇ m. rice field.
- the state in which the HC (A) -COP film side of the raw material laminate 7 is concave has a positive curl
- the state in which the HC (A) -COP film side of the raw material laminate 7 is convex Is in a state of having a reverse curl.
- Table 1 when the value of the curl amount is a positive value, it indicates that it is a positive curl, and when it is a negative value, it indicates that it is a reverse curl.
- the curl was generated at the end parallel to the absorption axis direction (in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 8) of the linear polarizing element. The results are shown in Table 1.
- the pressure (nip pressure) applied to the laminate to which the surface protective film was attached by the pressing roll was 0.8 MPa.
- the pre-bonding tension of the raw material laminate in the absorption axis direction was 80 N / m
- the pre-bonding tension of the surface protective film was 0 N / m to 10 N / m.
- the tension after bonding was adjusted from 0 N / m to 10 N / m.
- the curl amount of the obtained laminate with the surface protective film was measured according to the following method.
- the laminate with the surface protective film was placed on a reference surface (horizontal table) with the concave side facing up. Similar to the measurement of the curl amount of the raw material laminate, the height from the reference plane is measured for each of the four corners of the laminate with the surface protective film, and the curl amount [mm] is obtained as the average of the four heights. rice field.
- the state where the surface protective film side of the laminate with the surface protective film is concave has a positive curl
- the state where the surface protective film side of the laminate with the surface protective film is convex is a reverse curl. It is in a state of having.
- Example 2 Preparation of raw material laminate
- a linear splitter (thickness 8 ⁇ m) in which iodine was adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared.
- a cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 ⁇ m) having a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 5B formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (A) -COP film”), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded. As a result, a linear polarizing plate was obtained.
- HC (A) -COP film (HC layer, COP film) and a linear polarizing layer were laminated in this order.
- the HC (A) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.9.
- a ⁇ / 4 plate which is a liquid crystal curing layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a third adhesive layer (thickness 2 ⁇ m) made of a cured product of an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and polymerizable.
- a retardation layer in which a positive C plate (thickness 3 ⁇ m), which is a cured product layer of a liquid crystal compound, was laminated in this order was prepared.
- the linear polarizing element of the linear polarizing plate and the ⁇ / 4 plate of the retardation layer were bonded by a second adhesive layer (thickness 5 ⁇ m) which was an adhesive layer.
- a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film was prepared by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m) formed on a release film (thickness 38 ⁇ m) using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film is bonded to the positive C plate side of the retardation layer bonded to the linear polarizing plate, and a rectangle having a long side length of 100 mm and a short side length of 100 mm is bonded.
- the raw material laminate was obtained by cutting into.
- the raw material laminate includes a linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, a first adhesive layer and a linear polarizing element), a second adhesive layer which is an adhesive layer, and a retardation layer ( ⁇ / 4 plate, a third plate).
- the adhesive layer (adhesive layer, positive C plate), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) were laminated in this order.
- the thickness of the laminated portion of the raw material laminate from the linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, linear splitter, TAC film) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) is 98 ⁇ m. rice field.
- the curl amount of the raw material laminate was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, and then an optical laminate with a surface protective film was prepared and the curl amount was measured. The results are shown in Table 1.
- a triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (thickness 20 ⁇ m) as a substituent protective layer was bonded to the other surface of the linear polarizing element via a water-based adhesive.
- TAC triacetyl cellulose
- the linear polarizing plate was obtained by laminating an HC (B) -COP film (HC layer, COP film), a first adhesive layer, a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film in this order.
- the HC (B) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.1.
- a ⁇ / 4 plate which is a cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a third adhesive layer (thickness 2 ⁇ m) made of a cured product of an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and curing of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- a retardation layer in which positive C plates (thickness 3 ⁇ m), which are physical layers, were laminated in this order was prepared.
- the TAC film of the polarizing plate with the surface protection film and the ⁇ / 4 plate of the retardation layer were bonded by a second adhesive layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m) which was an adhesive layer.
- a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film was prepared by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 25 ⁇ m) formed on a release film (thickness 38 ⁇ m) using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film is bonded to the positive C plate side of the retardation layer bonded to the linear polarizing plate, and a rectangle having a long side length of 100 mm and a short side length of 100 mm is bonded.
- the raw material laminate was obtained by cutting into.
- the raw material laminate includes a linear polarizing plate (HC (B) -COP film, a first adhesive layer, a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film), a second adhesive layer which is an adhesive layer, and a retardation layer ( ⁇ / 4).
- a plate, a third adhesive layer, a positive C plate), and an adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) were laminated in this order.
- the thickness of the laminated portion from the linear polarizing plate (HC (B) -COP film, linear polarizing layer, TAC film) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) in the raw material laminate is 138 ⁇ m. rice field.
- the curl amount of the raw material laminate was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, and then an optical laminate with a surface protective film was prepared and the curl amount was measured. The results are shown in Table 1.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
- Lining Or Joining Of Plastics Or The Like (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
[Problem] To provide: a production method for a laminate equipped with a surface protection film in which a surface protection film, a polarizer protection layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizer, a second adhesive layer, and a cured liquid crystal layer are provided in this order and whereby it is possible to reduce curling; and a laminate for use in the production method. [Solution] Provided is a production method for a laminate equipped with a surface protection film including: a bonding step in which a surface protection film is peelably bonded to the polarizer protection layer side of a laminate provided with a polarizer protection layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizer, a second adhesive layer, and a cured liquid crystal layer in this order and a laminate having the surface protection film bonded thereto is obtained; and a pressing step in which the laminate having the surface protection film bonded thereto is oriented in one direction, inserted between a pair of pressing rollers, made to pass between the pressing rollers, and thereby pressed. The pencil hardness of the surface polarizer protection layer on the opposite side from the polarizer is either 3B or softer than 3B. Also provided is a laminate used in the production method. [Selected drawing] None
Description
本発明は、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法、及びそれに用いることができる積層体に関する。
The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film and a laminate that can be used thereof.
液晶表示装置や有機EL表示装置等の表示装置に用いられる光学部材として、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂からなる偏光子に接着剤を介して保護膜が積層された偏光板や、偏光子と基材上に重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む位相差層が形成された位相差フィルムとが積層された光学フィルム等が知られている(特許文献1及び2)。
As an optical member used in a display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display device, a polarizing plate in which a protective film is laminated on a polarizing element made of polyvinyl alcohol-based resin via an adhesive, or on a polarizing element and a base material. An optical film or the like in which a retardation film on which a retardation layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed is laminated is known (Patent Documents 1 and 2).
上記の偏光板や光学フィルムは端部にカールが生じる場合が多く、カールが生じた偏光板や光学フィルムに、例えば表面保護フィルムをさらに貼合した場合でもカールは生じたままである。
The above-mentioned polarizing plate and optical film often have curl at the end, and even when a surface protection film is further attached to the curled polarizing plate or optical film, the curl remains.
本発明は、表面保護フィルムと、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法であって、カールを軽減することができる表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法、及びその製造方法に用いる積層体を提供することを目的とする。
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention is a method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises a surface protective film, a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curable layer in this order. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film capable of reducing curl, and a laminate used in the method for producing the laminate.
本発明は、以下の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法及び積層体を提供する。
[1] 表面保護フィルムと積層体とを備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法であって、
前記積層体は、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、
前記積層体の前記偏光子保護層側に前記表面保護フィルムを剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得る貼合工程、及び
前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール間に挿入し、前記押圧ロール間を通過させることにより押圧する押圧工程
を含み、
前記偏光子保護層の前記偏光子とは反対側の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[2] 前記一対の押圧ロールの表面硬度は60°以上90°以下である、[1]に記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[3] 前記押圧工程において、前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体に与える圧力は0.5MPa以上1.0MPa以下である、[1]又は[2]に記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[4] 前記押圧工程において、前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体の張力は0N/m以上30N/m以下である、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[5] 偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、
前記偏光子保護層は、前記偏光子とは反対側にハードコート層を有し、
前記ハードコート層の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい、積層体。
[6] 前記積層体の厚みは70μm以下である、[5]に記載の積層体。
[7] 前記偏光子のハードコート層側のいずれかの層が紫外線吸収性である、[5]又は[6]に記載の積層体。
[8] 前記偏光子のハードコート層側のいずれかの層は、波長410nmにおける吸光度が0.5以上である、[5]~[7]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[9] 前記偏光子は、二色性色素及びポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを含む、[5]~[8]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[10] 前記液晶硬化層は、前記第2接着剤層側から順に、第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とを含む、[5]~[9]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[11] [5]~[10]のいずれかに記載の積層体と、前記偏光子保護層のハードコート層側に積層された表面保護フィルムとを含む、表面保護フィルム付き積層体。
[12] [5]~[10]のいずれかに記載の積層体を含む、円偏光板。
[13] [5]~[10]のいずれかに記載の積層体と、前面板又はタッチセンサとを含む、フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体。 The present invention provides the following method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film and the laminate.
[1] A method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises a surface protective film and a laminate.
The laminate includes a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order.
A bonding step in which the surface protective film is detachably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body to obtain a laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded, and a lamination in which the surface protective film is bonded. Includes a pressing step in which the body is oriented in one direction, inserted between a pair of pressing rolls, and pressed by passing between the pressing rolls.
A method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film, wherein the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B.
[2] The method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film according to [1], wherein the surface hardness of the pair of pressing rolls is 60 ° or more and 90 ° or less.
[3] The laminate with a surface protective film according to [1] or [2], wherein the pressure applied to the laminate to which the surface protective film is attached in the pressing step is 0.5 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less. Manufacturing method.
[4] With the surface protective film according to any one of [1] to [3], the tension of the laminate to which the surface protective film is attached is 0 N / m or more and 30 N / m or less in the pressing step. Method for manufacturing a laminate.
[5] A polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer are provided in this order.
The polarizing element protective layer has a hard coat layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element.
A laminate having a pencil hardness on the surface of the hardcourt layer of 3B or softer than 3B.
[6] The laminate according to [5], wherein the thickness of the laminate is 70 μm or less.
[7] The laminate according to [5] or [6], wherein any layer on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element is ultraviolet absorbent.
[8] The laminate according to any one of [5] to [7], wherein any of the layers on the hardcourt layer side of the polarizing element has an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm.
[9] The laminate according to any one of [5] to [8], wherein the polarizing element contains a dichroic dye and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film.
[10] The liquid crystal curing layer includes a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in this order from the second adhesive layer side [5] to The laminate according to any one of [9].
[11] A laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10] and a surface protective film laminated on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element protective layer.
[12] A circular polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10].
[13] A laminate for a flexible image display device, which includes the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10] and a front plate or a touch sensor.
[1] 表面保護フィルムと積層体とを備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法であって、
前記積層体は、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、
前記積層体の前記偏光子保護層側に前記表面保護フィルムを剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得る貼合工程、及び
前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール間に挿入し、前記押圧ロール間を通過させることにより押圧する押圧工程
を含み、
前記偏光子保護層の前記偏光子とは反対側の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[2] 前記一対の押圧ロールの表面硬度は60°以上90°以下である、[1]に記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[3] 前記押圧工程において、前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体に与える圧力は0.5MPa以上1.0MPa以下である、[1]又は[2]に記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[4] 前記押圧工程において、前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体の張力は0N/m以上30N/m以下である、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。
[5] 偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、
前記偏光子保護層は、前記偏光子とは反対側にハードコート層を有し、
前記ハードコート層の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい、積層体。
[6] 前記積層体の厚みは70μm以下である、[5]に記載の積層体。
[7] 前記偏光子のハードコート層側のいずれかの層が紫外線吸収性である、[5]又は[6]に記載の積層体。
[8] 前記偏光子のハードコート層側のいずれかの層は、波長410nmにおける吸光度が0.5以上である、[5]~[7]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[9] 前記偏光子は、二色性色素及びポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを含む、[5]~[8]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[10] 前記液晶硬化層は、前記第2接着剤層側から順に、第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とを含む、[5]~[9]のいずれかに記載の積層体。
[11] [5]~[10]のいずれかに記載の積層体と、前記偏光子保護層のハードコート層側に積層された表面保護フィルムとを含む、表面保護フィルム付き積層体。
[12] [5]~[10]のいずれかに記載の積層体を含む、円偏光板。
[13] [5]~[10]のいずれかに記載の積層体と、前面板又はタッチセンサとを含む、フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体。 The present invention provides the following method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film and the laminate.
[1] A method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises a surface protective film and a laminate.
The laminate includes a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order.
A bonding step in which the surface protective film is detachably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body to obtain a laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded, and a lamination in which the surface protective film is bonded. Includes a pressing step in which the body is oriented in one direction, inserted between a pair of pressing rolls, and pressed by passing between the pressing rolls.
A method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film, wherein the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B.
[2] The method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film according to [1], wherein the surface hardness of the pair of pressing rolls is 60 ° or more and 90 ° or less.
[3] The laminate with a surface protective film according to [1] or [2], wherein the pressure applied to the laminate to which the surface protective film is attached in the pressing step is 0.5 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less. Manufacturing method.
[4] With the surface protective film according to any one of [1] to [3], the tension of the laminate to which the surface protective film is attached is 0 N / m or more and 30 N / m or less in the pressing step. Method for manufacturing a laminate.
[5] A polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer are provided in this order.
The polarizing element protective layer has a hard coat layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element.
A laminate having a pencil hardness on the surface of the hardcourt layer of 3B or softer than 3B.
[6] The laminate according to [5], wherein the thickness of the laminate is 70 μm or less.
[7] The laminate according to [5] or [6], wherein any layer on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element is ultraviolet absorbent.
[8] The laminate according to any one of [5] to [7], wherein any of the layers on the hardcourt layer side of the polarizing element has an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm.
[9] The laminate according to any one of [5] to [8], wherein the polarizing element contains a dichroic dye and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film.
[10] The liquid crystal curing layer includes a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in this order from the second adhesive layer side [5] to The laminate according to any one of [9].
[11] A laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10] and a surface protective film laminated on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element protective layer.
[12] A circular polarizing plate comprising the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10].
[13] A laminate for a flexible image display device, which includes the laminate according to any one of [5] to [10] and a front plate or a touch sensor.
本発明によれば、表面保護フィルムと、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法であって、カールを軽減することができる表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法、及びその製造方法に用いる積層体を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, a laminate with a surface protective film including a surface protective film, a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order. As a manufacturing method, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film capable of reducing curl, and a laminated body used in the manufacturing method.
以下、図面を参照しつつ本発明の実施形態を説明するが、本発明は以下の実施形態に限定されるものではない。以下の全ての図面においては、各構成要素を理解し易くするために縮尺を適宜調整して示しており、図面に示される各構成要素の縮尺と実際の構成要素の縮尺とは必ずしも一致しない。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings, but the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments. In all the drawings below, the scales are appropriately adjusted and shown in order to make each component easier to understand, and the scale of each component shown in the drawings does not necessarily match the scale of the actual component.
<積層体の製造方法>
本発明の一態様に係る表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法は、表面保護フィルムと積層体とを備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法であり、積層体は、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、積層体の偏光子保護層側に表面保護フィルムを剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得る貼合工程、及び表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール間に挿入し、押圧ロール間を通過させることにより押圧する押圧工程を含む。偏光子保護層の偏光子とは反対側の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい。 <Manufacturing method of laminated body>
The method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film according to one aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film including the surface protective film and the laminated body, and the laminated body includes a polarizing element protective layer and a first. A surface protective film is formed by providing a 1-adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order, and a surface protective film is releasably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminate. Pressing by inserting the laminated body with the bonded laminate in one direction between the pair of pressing rolls and passing between the pressing rolls in the bonding process to obtain the bonded laminate. Including the process. The pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer opposite to the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B.
本発明の一態様に係る表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法は、表面保護フィルムと積層体とを備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法であり、積層体は、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、積層体の偏光子保護層側に表面保護フィルムを剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得る貼合工程、及び表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール間に挿入し、押圧ロール間を通過させることにより押圧する押圧工程を含む。偏光子保護層の偏光子とは反対側の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい。 <Manufacturing method of laminated body>
The method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film according to one aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a laminated body with a surface protective film including the surface protective film and the laminated body, and the laminated body includes a polarizing element protective layer and a first. A surface protective film is formed by providing a 1-adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order, and a surface protective film is releasably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminate. Pressing by inserting the laminated body with the bonded laminate in one direction between the pair of pressing rolls and passing between the pressing rolls in the bonding process to obtain the bonded laminate. Including the process. The pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer opposite to the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B.
表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法について図面を参照しながら以下に説明する。図1に示す表面保護フィルム付き積層体14の製造方法は、積層体10の偏光子保護層(図示せず)側に表面保護フィルム11を剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得る貼合工程、及び表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール12、13間に挿入し、押圧ロール12、13間を通過させることにより押圧する押圧工程を含む。
The manufacturing method of the laminate with the surface protective film will be described below with reference to the drawings. In the method of manufacturing the laminate 14 with the surface protective film shown in FIG. 1, the surface protective film 11 is detachably attached to the polarizing element protective layer (not shown) side of the laminate 10, and the surface protective film is attached. By the bonding step of obtaining the laminated body, and by inserting the laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded in one direction between the pair of pressing rolls 12 and 13, and passing the laminated body between the pressing rolls 12 and 13. Includes a pressing step of pressing.
[積層体]
積層体10は、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備える。偏光子保護層は、偏光子とは反対側の表面にハードコート層を有することが好ましい。積層体10、偏光子保護層、第1接着剤層、偏光子、第2接着剤層、液晶硬化層及びハードコート層については、後の本発明の別の一態様に係る積層体において述べる説明が適用される。 [Laminate]
Thelaminate 10 includes a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order. The polarizing element protective layer preferably has a hard coat layer on the surface opposite to the polarizing element. The laminate 10, the stator protective layer, the first adhesive layer, the polarizing element, the second adhesive layer, the liquid crystal curing layer, and the hard coat layer will be described later in the laminate according to another aspect of the present invention. Is applied.
積層体10は、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備える。偏光子保護層は、偏光子とは反対側の表面にハードコート層を有することが好ましい。積層体10、偏光子保護層、第1接着剤層、偏光子、第2接着剤層、液晶硬化層及びハードコート層については、後の本発明の別の一態様に係る積層体において述べる説明が適用される。 [Laminate]
The
積層体10は長尺状であってもよいし、枚葉状であってもよい。枚葉状の積層体は、長尺状の積層体から裁断することにより得ることができる。積層体10が枚葉状である場合、積層体10の平面視形状は、例えば方形形状であってよく、好ましくは長辺と短辺とを有する方形形状であり、より好ましくは長方形である。積層体10の平面視形状が長方形である場合、長辺の長さは、例えば10mm以上1400mm以下であってよく、好ましくは50mm以上600mm以下である。短辺の長さは、例えば5mm以上800mm以下であり、好ましくは30mm以上500mm以下であり、より好ましくは50mm以上300mm以下である。
The laminated body 10 may have a long shape or a single leaf shape. The single-wafer-shaped laminate can be obtained by cutting from the long laminate. When the laminated body 10 has a single-wafer shape, the plan view shape of the laminated body 10 may be, for example, a square shape, preferably a square shape having a long side and a short side, and more preferably a rectangular shape. When the plan view shape of the laminated body 10 is rectangular, the length of the long side may be, for example, 10 mm or more and 1400 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or more and 600 mm or less. The length of the short side is, for example, 5 mm or more and 800 mm or less, preferably 30 mm or more and 500 mm or less, and more preferably 50 mm or more and 300 mm or less.
積層体10の厚みは、積層体10に求められる機能および積層体10の用途等に応じて異なるため特に限定されないが、例えば70μm以下であってよく、好ましくは60μm以下、より好ましくは50μm以下である。積層体10は通常10μm以上であり、例えば20μm以上であってよい。
The thickness of the laminated body 10 is not particularly limited because it varies depending on the function required for the laminated body 10, the application of the laminated body 10, and the like, but may be, for example, 70 μm or less, preferably 60 μm or less, and more preferably 50 μm or less. be. The laminate 10 is usually 10 μm or more, and may be, for example, 20 μm or more.
積層体10は、画像表示装置に用いることができる。画像表示装置は、液晶表示装置、有機EL表示装置等いかなるものであってもよい。積層体10は、画像表示装置の前面側(視認側)に配置されることもできるし、背面側に配置されることもできる。積層体10が画像表示装置の前面側に配置される場合、表面保護フィルム11側が最外面になるように配置されることができる。
The laminated body 10 can be used as an image display device. The image display device may be any such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device. The laminated body 10 may be arranged on the front side (visual recognition side) of the image display device, or may be arranged on the back side. When the laminate 10 is arranged on the front side of the image display device, it can be arranged so that the surface protective film 11 side is the outermost surface.
積層体10は、例えば反射防止性能を有する積層体であってよい。反射防止性能を有する積層体としては、例えば円偏光板が挙げられる。画像表示装置において、画像表示装置の前面側に反射防止性能を有する積層体を設けることにより、外来光の反射による視認性の低下を抑制することができる。
The laminated body 10 may be, for example, a laminated body having antireflection performance. Examples of the laminated body having antireflection performance include a circular polarizing plate. In the image display device, by providing a laminated body having antireflection performance on the front side of the image display device, it is possible to suppress a decrease in visibility due to reflection of external light.
[鉛筆硬度]
積層体10において、偏光子保護層の偏光子とは反対側の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい。鉛筆硬度は、後述の実施例の欄において説明する方法に従って測定することができる。 [Pencil hardness]
In the laminate 10, the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer on the opposite side of the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B. Pencil hardness can be measured according to the method described in the Examples section below.
積層体10において、偏光子保護層の偏光子とは反対側の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい。鉛筆硬度は、後述の実施例の欄において説明する方法に従って測定することができる。 [Pencil hardness]
In the laminate 10, the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer on the opposite side of the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B. Pencil hardness can be measured according to the method described in the Examples section below.
偏光子保護層が上記鉛筆硬度を有することにより、押圧工程後の表面保護フィルム付き積層体のカールを低減することができる。偏光子に接着剤を介して保護膜が積層された直線偏光板は、偏光子の収縮や貼合時の張力バランスなどにより最終製品においてカールが発生する場合が多い。また、位相差層における重合性液晶化合物の硬化物は、一般的に紫外線硬化により得られる場合が多く、基材剥離後に重合性液晶化合物の紫外線硬化に起因する収縮応力により、最終製品となった後のカールに大きく影響することがある。本発明者によって、表面保護フィルムと、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体において、偏光子保護層の偏光子とは反対側の表面、つまり偏光子保護層の表面保護フィルムを貼合する側の表面の鉛筆硬度を上記範囲とし、後述する貼合工程及び押圧工程を施して製造することにより、表面保護フィルム付き積層体のカールを軽減させながら製造することができることが見出された。
Since the polarizing element protective layer has the above-mentioned pencil hardness, it is possible to reduce the curl of the laminate with the surface protective film after the pressing step. In a linear polarizing plate in which a protective film is laminated on a polarizing element via an adhesive, curling often occurs in the final product due to shrinkage of the polarizing element, tension balance at the time of bonding, and the like. Further, the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the retardation layer is generally obtained by ultraviolet curing in many cases, and after the base material is peeled off, it becomes a final product due to the shrinkage stress caused by the ultraviolet curing of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. It may greatly affect the later curl. According to the present inventor, in a laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises a surface protective film, a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal cured layer in this order. Manufactured by applying the bonding step and pressing step described later within the above range to the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protection layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element, that is, the surface on the side where the surface protective film of the polarizing element protection layer is bonded. By doing so, it was found that the laminate with the surface protective film can be manufactured while reducing the curl.
積層体10に生じるカールは、正カールであってもよいし、逆カールであってもよい。本明細書において、正カールは、積層体10の偏光子保護層側が凹となっている状態であり、逆カールは、積層体10の液晶硬化層側が凹となっている状態をいう。本発明の製造方法によれば、正カール及び逆カールのいずれのカールが生じている積層体であっても、カールが軽減された表面保護フィルム付き積層体を製造することができる。
また、積層体10に生じているカールは、積層体10の偏光子の吸収軸方向に平行な方向の端部が持ち上がるように生じているカール(以下、吸収軸方向に平行な方向のカールともいう)であってもよいし、積層体10の偏光子の透過軸方向に平行な方向の端部が持ち上がるように生じているカール(以下、透過軸方向に平行な方向のカールともいう)であってもよい。本発明の製造方法によれば、吸収軸方向のカール及び透過軸方向のカールのいずれのカールが生じている積層体であっても、カールが軽減された表面保護フィルム付き積層体を製造することができる。 The curl generated in thelaminated body 10 may be a normal curl or a reverse curl. In the present specification, the normal curl is a state in which the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body 10 is concave, and the reverse curl is a state in which the liquid crystal cured layer side of the laminated body 10 is concave. According to the manufacturing method of the present invention, it is possible to manufacture a laminated body with a surface protective film in which curl is reduced regardless of whether the curl is normal or reverse curl.
Further, the curl generated in thelaminated body 10 is a curl generated so that the end portion of the laminate 10 in the direction parallel to the absorption axis direction is lifted (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in the direction parallel to the absorption axis direction). It may be a curl (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in a direction parallel to the transmission axis direction) generated so that the end portion of the laminate 10 in the direction parallel to the transmission axis direction is lifted. There may be. According to the manufacturing method of the present invention, it is possible to manufacture a laminated body with a surface protective film in which curl is reduced regardless of whether the curl is generated in the absorption axis direction or the transmission axis direction. Can be done.
また、積層体10に生じているカールは、積層体10の偏光子の吸収軸方向に平行な方向の端部が持ち上がるように生じているカール(以下、吸収軸方向に平行な方向のカールともいう)であってもよいし、積層体10の偏光子の透過軸方向に平行な方向の端部が持ち上がるように生じているカール(以下、透過軸方向に平行な方向のカールともいう)であってもよい。本発明の製造方法によれば、吸収軸方向のカール及び透過軸方向のカールのいずれのカールが生じている積層体であっても、カールが軽減された表面保護フィルム付き積層体を製造することができる。 The curl generated in the
Further, the curl generated in the
[表面保護フィルム]
表面保護フィルム11は、例えば、基材フィルムとその上に積層される粘着剤層とで構成される表面保護フィルム11は、積層体、特に積層体の表面が他の物体と接触するなどして傷が付くことがないように保護するためのフィルムである。表面保護フィルム11は、粘着剤層を介して積層体に貼合されることにより剥離可能となり、例えば画像表示素子や他の光学部材に積層体が貼合された後、表面保護フィルム11が有する粘着剤層ごと剥離除去される。基材フィルムを構成する樹脂は、例えば、ポリエチレンのようなポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレンのようなポリプロピレン系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレートやポリエチレンナフタレートのようなポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂等の熱可塑性樹脂であることができる。中でも好ましくはポリエステル系樹脂である。粘着剤層は、アクリル系粘着剤、エポキシ系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤及びシリコーン系粘着剤等で構成することができる。また、ポリプロピレン系樹脂及びポリエチレン系樹脂等の自己粘着性を有する樹脂層で構成することもできる。 [Surface protection film]
The surfaceprotective film 11 is, for example, a surface protective film 11 composed of a base film and an adhesive layer laminated on the base film, such that the surface of the laminated body, particularly the laminated body, comes into contact with other objects. It is a film to protect it from being scratched. The surface protective film 11 can be peeled off by being bonded to the laminated body via the adhesive layer, and the surface protective film 11 has, for example, after the laminated body is bonded to an image display element or another optical member. The entire adhesive layer is peeled off and removed. The resin constituting the base film is, for example, a polyethylene resin such as polyethylene, a polypropylene resin such as polypropylene, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate, a polycarbonate resin, or a (meth) acrylic resin. It can be a thermoplastic resin such as. Of these, polyester-based resins are preferable. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be composed of an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, an epoxy-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a silicone-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like. Further, it may be composed of a resin layer having self-adhesiveness such as polypropylene-based resin and polyethylene-based resin.
表面保護フィルム11は、例えば、基材フィルムとその上に積層される粘着剤層とで構成される表面保護フィルム11は、積層体、特に積層体の表面が他の物体と接触するなどして傷が付くことがないように保護するためのフィルムである。表面保護フィルム11は、粘着剤層を介して積層体に貼合されることにより剥離可能となり、例えば画像表示素子や他の光学部材に積層体が貼合された後、表面保護フィルム11が有する粘着剤層ごと剥離除去される。基材フィルムを構成する樹脂は、例えば、ポリエチレンのようなポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレンのようなポリプロピレン系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレートやポリエチレンナフタレートのようなポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂等の熱可塑性樹脂であることができる。中でも好ましくはポリエステル系樹脂である。粘着剤層は、アクリル系粘着剤、エポキシ系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤及びシリコーン系粘着剤等で構成することができる。また、ポリプロピレン系樹脂及びポリエチレン系樹脂等の自己粘着性を有する樹脂層で構成することもできる。 [Surface protection film]
The surface
なお、本明細書において「(メタ)アクリル系樹脂」とは、アクリル系樹脂及びメタクリル系樹脂よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を表す。その他の「(メタ)」を付した用語においても同様である。
In addition, in this specification, "(meth) acrylic resin" represents at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin and methacrylic resin. The same applies to other terms with "(meta)".
表面保護フィルム11の厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば20μm以上200μm以下の範囲とすることが好ましい。基材の厚さが20μm以上であると、積層体10に強度が付与され易くなる傾向にある。
The thickness of the surface protective film 11 is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of, for example, 20 μm or more and 200 μm or less. When the thickness of the base material is 20 μm or more, the strength tends to be easily imparted to the laminated body 10.
[貼合工程]
貼合工程において、積層体10の偏光子保護層側に表面保護フィルム11を剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得ることができる。図1に示すように、支持台16上に設置したガラス板15上に配置した表面保護フィルム11に積層体10を重ね合わせることにより貼合することができる。積層体10に接触する押圧ロール12を駆動させることにより、表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10を押圧しながら連続搬送することができる。 [Lasting process]
In the bonding step, the surfaceprotective film 11 can be detachably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body 10 to obtain a laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded. As shown in FIG. 1, the laminated body 10 can be bonded by superimposing the laminated body 10 on the surface protective film 11 arranged on the glass plate 15 installed on the support base 16. By driving the pressing roll 12 that comes into contact with the laminated body 10, the laminated body 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is attached can be continuously conveyed while being pressed.
貼合工程において、積層体10の偏光子保護層側に表面保護フィルム11を剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得ることができる。図1に示すように、支持台16上に設置したガラス板15上に配置した表面保護フィルム11に積層体10を重ね合わせることにより貼合することができる。積層体10に接触する押圧ロール12を駆動させることにより、表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10を押圧しながら連続搬送することができる。 [Lasting process]
In the bonding step, the surface
表面保護フィルム11を貼合する前の積層体10の張力(以下、積層体10の貼合前張力ともいう)は、例えば50N/m以上110N/m以下であってよく、好ましくは60N/m以上100N/m以下である。積層体10の貼合前張力は、積層体10を押圧ロール12、13に通過させる方向に平行な方向の張力をいう。
The tension of the laminated body 10 before the surface protective film 11 is bonded (hereinafter, also referred to as the tension before bonding the laminated body 10) may be, for example, 50 N / m or more and 110 N / m or less, preferably 60 N / m. It is 100 N / m or less. The pre-bonding tension of the laminated body 10 refers to the tension in the direction parallel to the direction in which the laminated body 10 is passed through the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
積層体10に貼合する前の表面保護フィルム11の張力(以下、表面保護フィルム11の貼合前張力ともいう)は、例えば0N/m以上20N/m以下であってよく、好ましくは0N/m以上10N/m以下である。表面保護フィルム11の貼合前張力は、表面保護フィルム11を押圧ロール12、13間に通過させる方向に平行な方向の張力をいう。
The tension of the surface protective film 11 before bonding to the laminate 10 (hereinafter, also referred to as the tension before bonding of the surface protective film 11) may be, for example, 0 N / m or more and 20 N / m or less, preferably 0 N / m. It is m or more and 10 N / m or less. The pre-bonding tension of the surface protective film 11 refers to the tension in the direction parallel to the direction in which the surface protective film 11 is passed between the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
積層体10は後述の吸収軸方向に平行な方向のカールが生じている場合、図1中、矢印で示す方向(表面保護フィルム11を厚み方向からみたときに押圧ロール12、13の幅方向に対して垂直な方向)が偏光子の吸収軸方向となるように偏光子と表面保護フィルム11とを貼合することができる。また、積層体10は透過軸方向に平行な方向のカールが生じている場合、図1中、矢印で示す方向が偏光子の透過軸方向となるように表面保護フィルム11を貼合することができる。
When the laminated body 10 is curled in a direction parallel to the absorption axis direction described later, the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 1 (in the width direction of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 when the surface protective film 11 is viewed from the thickness direction). The polarizing element and the surface protective film 11 can be bonded so that the direction perpendicular to the direction is the absorption axis direction of the polarizing element. Further, when the laminated body 10 is curled in a direction parallel to the transmission axis direction, the surface protective film 11 may be attached so that the direction indicated by the arrow in FIG. 1 is the transmission axis direction of the polarizing element. can.
密着性を高めるために、貼合面の一方または両方に対して、例えばコロナ処理等の表面活性化処理を施すことができる。
In order to improve the adhesion, one or both of the bonded surfaces can be subjected to a surface activation treatment such as a corona treatment.
[押圧工程]
押圧工程において、表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール12、13間に挿入し、前記押圧ロール12、13間を通過させることにより押圧する。表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10は、偏光子の吸収軸方向又は透過軸方向を押圧ロール12及び13の幅方向に対して垂直な方向に向けて押圧ロール12、13間に挿入することができ、好ましくは偏光子の吸収軸方向を押圧ロール12及び13の幅方向に対して垂直な方向に向けて押圧ロール12、13間に挿入する。 [Pressing process]
In the pressing step, thelaminated body 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is attached is oriented in one direction, inserted between the pair of pressing rolls 12 and 13, and pressed by passing between the pressing rolls 12 and 13. The laminate 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is attached is inserted between the pressing rolls 12 and 13 so that the absorption axis direction or the transmission axis direction of the polarizing element is perpendicular to the width direction of the pressing rolls 12 and 13. The absorber is preferably inserted between the pressing rolls 12 and 13 so that the direction of the absorption axis is perpendicular to the width direction of the pressing rolls 12 and 13.
押圧工程において、表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール12、13間に挿入し、前記押圧ロール12、13間を通過させることにより押圧する。表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10は、偏光子の吸収軸方向又は透過軸方向を押圧ロール12及び13の幅方向に対して垂直な方向に向けて押圧ロール12、13間に挿入することができ、好ましくは偏光子の吸収軸方向を押圧ロール12及び13の幅方向に対して垂直な方向に向けて押圧ロール12、13間に挿入する。 [Pressing process]
In the pressing step, the
押圧ロール12及び13の表面硬度は、例えば60°以上90°以下であってよく、好ましくは65°以上80°以下である。押圧ロール12及び13の硬度は、後述の実施例の欄において説明する方法により測定することができる。
The surface hardness of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 may be, for example, 60 ° or more and 90 ° or less, preferably 65 ° or more and 80 ° or less. The hardness of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 can be measured by the method described in the column of Examples described later.
押圧ロール12及び13を形成する材質は、互いに異なっていても同一であってもよく、例えばゴム、金属、合金、弾性金属及びこれらの組合せ等が挙げられる。押圧ロール12及び13は、表面保護フィルム及び積層体と接する表面の材質と、その表面の内部の材質とが異なっていてもよく、押圧ロール12及び13の表面の材質は互いに異なっていても同一であってもよい。
The materials forming the pressing rolls 12 and 13 may be different from each other or the same, and examples thereof include rubber, metal, alloy, elastic metal, and a combination thereof. The material of the surface of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 in contact with the surface protective film and the laminate may be different from the material of the inside of the surface thereof, and the materials of the surfaces of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 are the same even if they are different from each other. It may be.
上記ゴムとしては、例えばNBR(ニトリルゴム)、タイタン、ウレタン及びシリコン、EPDM(エチレン-プロピレン-ジエンゴム)等であってよく、好ましくはNBR、タイタン及びウレタンであり、より好ましくはNBRである。
The rubber may be, for example, NBR (nitrile rubber), titan, urethane and silicon, EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene rubber), etc., preferably NBR, titan and urethane, and more preferably NBR.
上記金属としては、例えば鉄及びアルミ等が挙げられる。また、上記合金としては、例えばSUS304(18%のCrと8%のNiを含むステンレス鋼)のようなステンレス等が挙げられる。押圧ロールの材質を金属及び/又は合金とする場合には、耐食性や耐擦傷性の向上を目的としてクロムめっき、ニッケルめっき、DLC(ダイヤモンドライクカーボン)等の表面処理を施すことが好ましい。表面処理は単層でもよいし、複数層積層してもよい。
Examples of the metal include iron and aluminum. Examples of the alloy include stainless steel such as SUS304 (stainless steel containing 18% Cr and 8% Ni). When the material of the pressing roll is a metal and / or an alloy, it is preferable to perform surface treatment such as chrome plating, nickel plating, DLC (diamond-like carbon) for the purpose of improving corrosion resistance and scratch resistance. The surface treatment may be a single layer or a plurality of layers may be laminated.
上記弾性金属とは、ゴムや油等の弾性体の表面が、厚み0.2mm以上2mm以下の金属層で被覆された構造のものを意味する。弾性金属の最表面の金属層としてはニッケル、ステンレス等を用いることができる。弾性金属の最表面の金属層に対しても、耐食性や耐擦傷性の向上を目的として、クロムめっき、ニッケルめっき、DLC(ダイヤモンドライクカーボン)等の表面処理を施すことが好ましい。
The elastic metal means a structure in which the surface of an elastic body such as rubber or oil is covered with a metal layer having a thickness of 0.2 mm or more and 2 mm or less. Nickel, stainless steel, or the like can be used as the outermost metal layer of the elastic metal. It is preferable that the outermost metal layer of the elastic metal is also subjected to surface treatment such as chrome plating, nickel plating, DLC (diamond-like carbon) for the purpose of improving corrosion resistance and scratch resistance.
押圧ロール12及び13の直径は、例えば50mm以上90mm以下であってよく、好ましくは55mm以上85mm以下、さらに好ましくは60mm以上80mm以下である。
The diameters of the pressing rolls 12 and 13 may be, for example, 50 mm or more and 90 mm or less, preferably 55 mm or more and 85 mm or less, and more preferably 60 mm or more and 80 mm or less.
押圧ロール12及び13によって、表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体1に与える圧力(ニップ圧)は、例えば0.4MPa以上1.2MPa以下であり、好ましくは0.6MPa以上1.0MPa以下である。
The pressure (nip pressure) applied to the laminate 1 to which the surface protective film 11 is bonded by the pressing rolls 12 and 13 is, for example, 0.4 MPa or more and 1.2 MPa or less, preferably 0.6 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less. Is.
表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10の張力(以下、貼合後張力ともいう)は、例えば0N/m以上20N/m以下であってよく、好ましくは0N/m以上10N/m以下である。貼合後張力は、表面保護フィルム11が貼合された積層体10を押圧ロール間に通過させる方向に平行な方向の張力をいう。
The tension of the laminate 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is bonded (hereinafter, also referred to as post-bonding tension) may be, for example, 0 N / m or more and 20 N / m or less, preferably 0 N / m or more and 10 N / m or less. Is. The post-bonding tension refers to the tension in the direction parallel to the direction in which the laminated body 10 to which the surface protective film 11 is bonded is passed between the pressing rolls.
[表面保護フィルム付き積層体]
表面保護フィルム付き積層体14は、画像表示装置に用いることができる。表面保護フィルム付き積層体14が画像表示装置に用いられる場合、表面保護フィルム11は剥離除去されることができる。 [Laminate with surface protection film]
Thelaminated body 14 with a surface protective film can be used for an image display device. When the laminate 14 with a surface protective film is used in an image display device, the surface protective film 11 can be peeled off and removed.
表面保護フィルム付き積層体14は、画像表示装置に用いることができる。表面保護フィルム付き積層体14が画像表示装置に用いられる場合、表面保護フィルム11は剥離除去されることができる。 [Laminate with surface protection film]
The
表面保護フィルム付き積層体14は、表面保護フィルム11側を外側として画像表示装置の前面側に貼合する場合、画像表示装置に貼合する際の貼合ミスや気泡の発生が低減し易くなる観点から、カールが全く生じていないか、又は正カールが生じている状態が好ましく、カールが生じている場合、そのカール量は小さい方が好ましい。また、表面保護フィルム付き積層体14は、硬化液晶層側を外側として画像表示装置の背面側に用いる場合、画像表示装置に貼合する際の貼合ミスや気泡の発生が低減し易くなる観点から、カールが全く生じていないか、又は逆カールが生じている状態が好ましく、カールが生じている場合、そのカール量は小さい方が好ましい。
When the laminate 14 with the surface protective film is attached to the front side of the image display device with the surface protective film 11 side as the outside, it becomes easy to reduce the occurrence of bonding errors and bubbles when the laminate 14 is attached to the image display device. From the viewpoint, it is preferable that no curl is generated or that positive curl is generated, and when curl is generated, the amount of curl is preferably small. Further, when the laminate 14 with the surface protective film is used on the back side of the image display device with the cured liquid crystal layer side as the outside, it is easy to reduce the generation of bonding errors and bubbles when bonding to the image display device. Therefore, it is preferable that no curl is generated or reverse curl is generated, and when curl is generated, the amount of curl is preferably small.
<積層体>
図2は、本発明の別の一態様に係る積層体の層構成の一例を示す概略断面図である。図2に示される積層体1は、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第2接着剤層104と、液晶硬化層105とをこの順に備え、偏光子保護層101は、偏光子103とは反対側にハードコート層100を有する。偏光子保護層101と偏光子103とが第1接着剤層102を介して貼合されたものを直線偏光板ともいう。 <Laminated body>
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the laminated body according to another aspect of the present invention. The laminate 1 shown in FIG. 2 includes a polarizing elementprotective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, and a liquid crystal curing layer 105 in this order. The protective layer 101 has a hard coat layer 100 on the opposite side of the polarizing element 103. A polarizing plate protective layer 101 and a polarizing element 103 bonded to each other via the first adhesive layer 102 are also referred to as a linear polarizing plate.
図2は、本発明の別の一態様に係る積層体の層構成の一例を示す概略断面図である。図2に示される積層体1は、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第2接着剤層104と、液晶硬化層105とをこの順に備え、偏光子保護層101は、偏光子103とは反対側にハードコート層100を有する。偏光子保護層101と偏光子103とが第1接着剤層102を介して貼合されたものを直線偏光板ともいう。 <Laminated body>
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the laminated body according to another aspect of the present invention. The laminate 1 shown in FIG. 2 includes a polarizing element
積層体1は長尺状であってもよいし、枚葉状であってもよい。枚葉状の積層体は、長尺状の積層体から裁断することにより得ることができる。積層体1が枚葉状である場合、積層体1の平面視形状は、例えば方形形状であってよく、好ましくは長辺と短辺とを有する方形形状であり、より好ましくは長方形である。積層体1の平面視形状が長方形である場合、長辺の長さは、例えば10mm以上1400mm以下であってよく、好ましくは50mm以上600mm以下である。短辺の長さは、例えば5mm以上800mm以下であり、好ましくは30mm以上500mm以下であり、より好ましくは50mm以上300mm以下である。
The laminated body 1 may have a long shape or a single leaf shape. The single-wafer-shaped laminate can be obtained by cutting from the long laminate. When the laminated body 1 has a single-wafer shape, the plan view shape of the laminated body 1 may be, for example, a square shape, preferably a square shape having a long side and a short side, and more preferably a rectangular shape. When the plan view shape of the laminated body 1 is rectangular, the length of the long side may be, for example, 10 mm or more and 1400 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or more and 600 mm or less. The length of the short side is, for example, 5 mm or more and 800 mm or less, preferably 30 mm or more and 500 mm or less, and more preferably 50 mm or more and 300 mm or less.
積層体1の厚みは、積層体1に求められる機能および積層体1の用途等に応じて異なるため特に限定されないが、例えば70μm以下であってよく、好ましくは60μm以下、より好ましくは50μm以下である。積層体1は通常10μm以上であり、例えば20μm以上であってよい。
The thickness of the laminated body 1 is not particularly limited because it varies depending on the function required for the laminated body 1, the application of the laminated body 1, and the like, but may be, for example, 70 μm or less, preferably 60 μm or less, and more preferably 50 μm or less. be. The laminate 1 is usually 10 μm or more, and may be, for example, 20 μm or more.
積層体1はカールが生じていてもよく、正カールであってもよいし、逆カールであってもよい。また、積層体1に生じているカールは、矩形の偏光板の場合であって、4辺のうち2辺は吸収軸方向であり、残り2辺は吸収軸に直交方向である場合には、積層体1の偏光子103の吸収軸方向に平行な方向の端部が持ち上がるように生じているカール(以下、吸収軸方向に平行な方向のカールともいう)であってもよいし、積層体1の偏光子103の透過軸方向に平行な方向の端部が持ち上がるように生じているカール(以下、透過軸方向に平行な方向のカールともいう)であってもよい。
The laminated body 1 may be curled, may be a normal curl, or may be a reverse curl. Further, when the curl generated in the laminated body 1 is a rectangular polarizing plate, two of the four sides are in the absorption axis direction, and the remaining two sides are in the direction orthogonal to the absorption axis. It may be a curl (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in a direction parallel to the absorption axis direction) generated so that the end portion of the polarizing element 103 of the laminate 1 in the direction parallel to the absorption axis direction is lifted, or the layered body. The curl (hereinafter, also referred to as a curl in the direction parallel to the transmission axis direction) may be generated so that the end portion of the polarizing element 103 of 1 in the direction parallel to the transmission axis direction is lifted.
積層体1は、画像表示装置に用いることができる。画像表示装置は、液晶表示装置、有機EL表示装置等いかなるものであってもよい。積層体1は、画像表示装置の前面側(視認側)に配置されることもできるし、背面側に配置されることもできる。積層体1が画像表示装置の前面側に配置される場合、ハードコート層100側が最外面になるように配置されることができる。
The laminated body 1 can be used as an image display device. The image display device may be any such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device. The laminated body 1 may be arranged on the front side (visual recognition side) of the image display device, or may be arranged on the back side. When the laminate 1 is arranged on the front surface side of the image display device, it can be arranged so that the hard coat layer 100 side is the outermost surface.
積層体1は、例えば反射防止性能を有する積層体であってよい。反射防止性能を有する積層体としては、例えば円偏光板が挙げられる。画像表示装置において、画像表示装置の前面側に反射防止性能を有する積層体を設けることにより、外来光の反射による視認性の低下を抑制することができる。
The laminated body 1 may be, for example, a laminated body having antireflection performance. Examples of the laminated body having antireflection performance include a circular polarizing plate. In the image display device, by providing a laminated body having antireflection performance on the front side of the image display device, it is possible to suppress a decrease in visibility due to reflection of external light.
積層体1は、ハードコート層100側のいずれかの層が紫外線吸収性であってよく、例えばハードコート層100、偏光子保護層101及び第1接着剤層102のうち少なくとも一層が紫外線吸収性であってよい。
In the laminate 1, any layer on the hard coat layer 100 side may be ultraviolet-absorbing, and for example, at least one of the hard coat layer 100, the polarizing element protection layer 101, and the first adhesive layer 102 is ultraviolet-absorbing. May be.
積層体1は、ハードコート層100側のいずれかの層が波長410nmにおける吸光度が0.5以上であってよく、例えばハードコート層100、偏光子保護層101及び第1接着剤層102のうち少なくとも一層が波長410nmにおける吸光度が0.5以上であってよい。
In the laminate 1, any layer on the hard coat layer 100 side may have an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm, for example, among the hard coat layer 100, the polarizing element protection layer 101, and the first adhesive layer 102. At least one layer may have an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm.
[ハードコート層]
ハードコート層100は、偏光子保護層101の偏光子103とは反対側に形成されている。ハードコート層は、偏光子保護層101の硬度およびスクラッチ性を向上させる機能を有することができる。ハードコート層は、紫外線吸収性、防眩性、反射防止性、光拡散性、帯電防止性、防汚性、導電性のような機能を有することもできる。 [Hard coat layer]
Thehard coat layer 100 is formed on the side opposite to the polarizing element 103 of the polarizing element protection layer 101. The hard coat layer can have a function of improving the hardness and scratch property of the polarizing element protective layer 101. The hardcoat layer can also have functions such as UV absorption, antiglare, antireflection, light diffusivity, antistatic, antifouling, and conductivity.
ハードコート層100は、偏光子保護層101の偏光子103とは反対側に形成されている。ハードコート層は、偏光子保護層101の硬度およびスクラッチ性を向上させる機能を有することができる。ハードコート層は、紫外線吸収性、防眩性、反射防止性、光拡散性、帯電防止性、防汚性、導電性のような機能を有することもできる。 [Hard coat layer]
The
ハードコート層100の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい。偏光子保護層が上記鉛筆硬度を有することにより、表面保護フィルム付き積層体としたときのカールが低減され易くなる傾向にある。鉛筆硬度は後述の実施例の欄に記載の測定方法に従って測定することができる。
The pencil hardness of the surface of the hard coat layer 100 is 3B or softer than 3B. Since the polarizing element protective layer has the above-mentioned pencil hardness, curl tends to be easily reduced when the laminate is formed with a surface protective film. The pencil hardness can be measured according to the measuring method described in the column of Examples described later.
ハードコート層100は、活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂を含むハードコート層形成用組成物の硬化物を含む層であることができる。活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂としては、例えばアクリル系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、アミド系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂等が挙げられる。
The hard coat layer 100 can be a layer containing a cured product of a composition for forming a hard coat layer containing an active energy ray-curable resin. Examples of the active energy ray-curable resin include acrylic resins, silicone resins, polyester resins, urethane resins, amide resins, epoxy resins and the like.
ハードコート層形成用組成物の硬化物は、例えば熱可塑性樹脂フィルムである偏光子保護層101上に、ハードコート層形成用組成物を塗布して硬化させて得ることができる。また、市販のハードコート層を備えた熱可塑性樹脂フィルムを用いることもできる。ハードコート層形成用組成物は、例えば熱硬化性組成物、カチオン硬化性組成物、ラジカル硬化性組成物等であってよい。ハードコート層形成用組成物は、例えば重合性モノマー、重合開始剤、添加剤、溶剤等を含むことができる。添加剤としては、例えば可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、赤外線吸収剤、顔料や染料のような着色剤、蛍光増白剤、分散剤、熱安定剤、光安定剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、滑剤、界面活性剤、無機系微粒子、有機系微粒子、またはこれらの混合物等が挙げられる。
The cured product of the composition for forming a hard coat layer can be obtained, for example, by applying the composition for forming a hard coat layer on the polarizing element protective layer 101, which is a thermoplastic resin film, and curing the composition. Further, a thermoplastic resin film provided with a commercially available hard coat layer can also be used. The composition for forming a hard coat layer may be, for example, a thermosetting composition, a cationic curable composition, a radical curable composition, or the like. The composition for forming a hard coat layer can contain, for example, a polymerizable monomer, a polymerization initiator, an additive, a solvent and the like. Additives include, for example, plasticizers, UV absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent whitening agents, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, etc. Examples thereof include lubricants, surfactants, inorganic fine particles, organic fine particles, or mixtures thereof.
ハードコート層100の厚みは、例えば0.1μm以上10μm以下であってよく、好ましくは1μm以上5μm以下である。
The thickness of the hard coat layer 100 may be, for example, 0.1 μm or more and 10 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or more and 5 μm or less.
[偏光子保護層]
偏光子保護層101は、偏光子103、特に偏光子103の表面を保護するための層であり、偏光子103の片側又は両側に、第1接着剤層102のみを介して又は直接、配置されることができる。偏光子保護層101は、第1接着剤層102を介して偏光子103と強固に積層される。通常、偏光子保護層101と偏光子102とは互いに剥離することがないように第1接着剤層102を介して一体化される。積層体1が偏光子保護層101を片側に有する場合、偏光子保護層101は、ハードコート層100が偏光子とは反対側になるように配置されることができる。偏光子保護層101は、例えば熱可塑性樹脂フィルムから形成されることができる。偏光子保護層101は、第1接着剤層102を介して偏光子103に貼合することができる。 [Polar protector protection layer]
The polarizing elementprotective layer 101 is a layer for protecting the surface of the polarizing element 103, particularly the polarizing element 103, and is arranged on one side or both sides of the polarizing element 103 via only the first adhesive layer 102 or directly. Can be The stator protective layer 101 is firmly laminated with the polarizing element 103 via the first adhesive layer 102. Normally, the polarizing element protection layer 101 and the polarizing element 102 are integrated via the first adhesive layer 102 so as not to be separated from each other. When the laminate 1 has the stator protective layer 101 on one side, the polarizing element protective layer 101 can be arranged so that the hard coat layer 100 is on the opposite side of the polarizing element. The stator protective layer 101 can be formed from, for example, a thermoplastic resin film. The stator protective layer 101 can be attached to the polarizing element 103 via the first adhesive layer 102.
偏光子保護層101は、偏光子103、特に偏光子103の表面を保護するための層であり、偏光子103の片側又は両側に、第1接着剤層102のみを介して又は直接、配置されることができる。偏光子保護層101は、第1接着剤層102を介して偏光子103と強固に積層される。通常、偏光子保護層101と偏光子102とは互いに剥離することがないように第1接着剤層102を介して一体化される。積層体1が偏光子保護層101を片側に有する場合、偏光子保護層101は、ハードコート層100が偏光子とは反対側になるように配置されることができる。偏光子保護層101は、例えば熱可塑性樹脂フィルムから形成されることができる。偏光子保護層101は、第1接着剤層102を介して偏光子103に貼合することができる。 [Polar protector protection layer]
The polarizing element
熱可塑性樹脂フィルムとしては、例えば透光性を有する、好ましくは光学的に透明な熱可塑性樹脂フィルムであってよく、その例としては、鎖状ポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレン系樹脂、ポリメチルペンテン系樹脂等)、環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂(ノルボルネン系樹脂等)等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;トリアセチルセルロース等のセルロース系樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂;ポリカーボネート系樹脂;エチレン-酢酸ビニル系樹脂;ポリスチレン系樹脂;ポリアミド系樹脂;ポリエーテルイミド系樹脂;ポリメチル(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等の(メタ)アクリル系樹脂;ポリイミド系樹脂;ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂;ポリスルホン系樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニル系樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニリデン系樹脂;ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂;ポリビニルアセタール系樹脂;ポリエーテルケトン系樹脂;ポリエーテルエーテルケトン系樹脂;ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂;ポリアミドイミド系樹脂等が挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂は、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも、強度や透光性の観点から好ましくはトリアセチルセルロース系樹脂フィルム、環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂フィルム及び(メタ)アクリル系樹脂フィルムである。
The thermoplastic resin film may be, for example, a translucent, preferably optically transparent thermoplastic resin film, and examples thereof include a chain polyolefin resin (polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, poly). Methylpentene resin, etc.), Cyclic polyolefin resin (Norbornen resin, etc.) and other polyolefin resins; Triacetyl cellulose and other cellulose resins; Polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and other polyester resins; Polycarbonate resin Resins; ethylene-vinyl acetate resin; polystyrene resin; polyamide resin; polyetherimide resin; (meth) acrylic resin such as polymethyl (meth) acrylate resin; polyimide resin; polyether sulfone resin; polysulfone system Resins; polyvinyl chloride-based resins; polyvinylidene chloride-based resins; polyvinyl alcohol-based resins; polyvinyl acetal-based resins; polyether ketone-based resins; polyether ether ketone-based resins; polyether sulfone-based resins; polyamideimide-based resins, etc. Be done. The thermoplastic resin can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, a triacetyl cellulose-based resin film, a cyclic polyolefin-based resin film, and a (meth) acrylic-based resin film are preferable from the viewpoint of strength and translucency.
熱可塑性樹脂フィルムの厚みは、例えば30μm以下であってよく、薄型化の観点から好ましくは25μm以下であり、また、通常1μm以上であり、好ましくは5μm以上であり、さらに好ましくは15μm以上である。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムは位相差を有していても、有していなくてもよい。
The thickness of the thermoplastic resin film may be, for example, 30 μm or less, preferably 25 μm or less from the viewpoint of thinning, and usually 1 μm or more, preferably 5 μm or more, and further preferably 15 μm or more. .. The thermoplastic resin film may or may not have a phase difference.
[第1接着剤層]
第1接着剤層102は、偏光子保護層101と偏光子103とを貼合する機能を有する。第1接着剤層102に用いる接着剤としては、紫外線硬化性接着剤等の活性エネルギー線硬化性接着剤や、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の水溶液またはこれに架橋剤が配合された水溶液、ウレタン系エマルジョン接着剤等の水系接着剤を挙げることができる。紫外線硬化型接着剤は、ラジカル重合性の(メタ)アクリル系化合物と光ラジカル重合開始剤の混合物や、カチオン重合性のエポキシ化合物と光カチオン重合開始剤の混合物等であることができる。また、カチオン重合性のエポキシ化合物とラジカル重合性の(メタ)アクリル系化合物とを併用し、開始剤として光カチオン重合開始剤と光ラジカル重合開始剤を併用することもできる。第1接着剤層102の厚みは、例えば0.1μm以上5μm以下であってよい。 [First adhesive layer]
The firstadhesive layer 102 has a function of bonding the polarizing element protection layer 101 and the polarizing element 103. The adhesive used for the first adhesive layer 102 includes an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as an ultraviolet curable adhesive, an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, an aqueous solution containing a cross-linking agent, and a urethane-based emulsion adhesive. Examples thereof include water-based adhesives such as agents. The ultraviolet curable adhesive may be a mixture of a radically polymerizable (meth) acrylic compound and a photoradical polymerization initiator, a mixture of a cationically polymerizable epoxy compound and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and the like. Further, a cationically polymerizable epoxy compound and a radically polymerizable (meth) acrylic compound may be used in combination, and a photocationic polymerization initiator and a photoradical polymerization initiator may be used in combination as an initiator. The thickness of the first adhesive layer 102 may be, for example, 0.1 μm or more and 5 μm or less.
第1接着剤層102は、偏光子保護層101と偏光子103とを貼合する機能を有する。第1接着剤層102に用いる接着剤としては、紫外線硬化性接着剤等の活性エネルギー線硬化性接着剤や、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の水溶液またはこれに架橋剤が配合された水溶液、ウレタン系エマルジョン接着剤等の水系接着剤を挙げることができる。紫外線硬化型接着剤は、ラジカル重合性の(メタ)アクリル系化合物と光ラジカル重合開始剤の混合物や、カチオン重合性のエポキシ化合物と光カチオン重合開始剤の混合物等であることができる。また、カチオン重合性のエポキシ化合物とラジカル重合性の(メタ)アクリル系化合物とを併用し、開始剤として光カチオン重合開始剤と光ラジカル重合開始剤を併用することもできる。第1接着剤層102の厚みは、例えば0.1μm以上5μm以下であってよい。 [First adhesive layer]
The first
活性エネルギー線硬化性接着剤を用いる場合、貼合後、活性エネルギー線を照射することによって接着剤を硬化させる。活性エネルギー線の光源は特に限定されないが、波長400nm以下に発光分布を有する活性エネルギー線(紫外線)が好ましく、具体的には、低圧水銀灯、中圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、ブラックライトランプ、マイクロウェーブ励起水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ等が好ましく用いられる。
When using an active energy ray-curable adhesive, the adhesive is cured by irradiating it with active energy rays after bonding. The light source of the active energy ray is not particularly limited, but an active energy ray (ultraviolet ray) having a emission distribution at a wavelength of 400 nm or less is preferable, and specifically, a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, Black light lamps, microwave-excited mercury lamps, metal halide lamps and the like are preferably used.
偏光子保護層101と偏光子103との接着性を向上させるために、偏光子保護層101と偏光子103との貼合に先立ち、それぞれの貼合面に、コロナ処理、火炎処理、プラズマ処理、紫外線照射処理、プライマー塗布処理、ケン化処理等の表面処理を施してもよい。
In order to improve the adhesiveness between the polarizing element protective layer 101 and the polarizing element 103, prior to the bonding of the polarizing element protective layer 101 and the polarizing element 103, the bonded surfaces are subjected to corona treatment, flame treatment, and plasma treatment. , UV irradiation treatment, primer coating treatment, keratinization treatment and other surface treatments may be performed.
[偏光子]
偏光子103は、その吸収軸に平行な振動面をもつ直線偏光を吸収し、吸収軸に直交する(透過軸と平行な)振動面をもつ直線偏光を透過する性質を有する偏光子であることができる。偏光子103は、後述の基材及び配向膜の一方又は両方をさらに有していてもよい。 [Polarizer]
Thesplitter 103 is a polarizing element having a property of absorbing linearly polarized light having a vibration plane parallel to the absorption axis and transmitting linear polarization having a vibration plane orthogonal to the absorption axis (parallel to the transmission axis). Can be done. The splitter 103 may further have one or both of the substrate and the alignment film described below.
偏光子103は、その吸収軸に平行な振動面をもつ直線偏光を吸収し、吸収軸に直交する(透過軸と平行な)振動面をもつ直線偏光を透過する性質を有する偏光子であることができる。偏光子103は、後述の基材及び配向膜の一方又は両方をさらに有していてもよい。 [Polarizer]
The
偏光子103としては、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルム若しくは延伸層、または二色性色素を塗布し硬化させたフィルムが挙げられる。二色性色素として、具体的には、ヨウ素や二色性有機染料が用いられる。二色性有機染料には、C.I.DIRECT RED 39等のジスアゾ化合物からなる二色性直接染料、トリスアゾ、テトラキスアゾなどの化合物からなる二色性直接染料が包含される。
Examples of the polarizing element 103 include a stretched film or a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed, or a film on which a dichroic dye is applied and cured. Specifically, iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye. For dichroic organic dyes, C.I. I. A dichroic direct dye composed of a disazo compound such as DIRECT RED 39 and a dichroic direct dye composed of a compound such as trisazo and tetrakisazo are included.
[二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルム若しくは延伸層である偏光子]
二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルム(以下、省略して「延伸フィルム」ということもある)である偏光子について説明する。二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムは、通常、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを一軸延伸する工程、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを二色性色素で染色することにより、その二色性色素を吸着させる工程、および二色性色素が吸着されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムをホウ酸水溶液で処理する工程、およびホウ酸水溶液による処理後に水洗する工程を経て製造することができる。二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムである偏光子の厚みは、例えば2μm以上40μm以下であってよい。 [A splitter that is a stretched film or stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed]
A polarizing element, which is a stretched film having a dichroic dye adsorbed (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “stretched film”), will be described. The stretched film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed is usually a step of uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film, and a step of dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with the bicolor dye to adsorb the bicolor dye. , And the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed can be produced through a step of treating with a boric acid aqueous solution and a step of washing with water after the treatment with the boric acid aqueous solution. The thickness of the polarizing element, which is a stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed, may be, for example, 2 μm or more and 40 μm or less.
二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルム(以下、省略して「延伸フィルム」ということもある)である偏光子について説明する。二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムは、通常、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを一軸延伸する工程、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを二色性色素で染色することにより、その二色性色素を吸着させる工程、および二色性色素が吸着されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムをホウ酸水溶液で処理する工程、およびホウ酸水溶液による処理後に水洗する工程を経て製造することができる。二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムである偏光子の厚みは、例えば2μm以上40μm以下であってよい。 [A splitter that is a stretched film or stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed]
A polarizing element, which is a stretched film having a dichroic dye adsorbed (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “stretched film”), will be described. The stretched film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed is usually a step of uniaxially stretching the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film, and a step of dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with the bicolor dye to adsorb the bicolor dye. , And the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed can be produced through a step of treating with a boric acid aqueous solution and a step of washing with water after the treatment with the boric acid aqueous solution. The thickness of the polarizing element, which is a stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed, may be, for example, 2 μm or more and 40 μm or less.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂をケン化することによって得られる。ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂としては、酢酸ビニルの単独重合体であるポリ酢酸ビニルのほか、酢酸ビニルとそれに共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体が用いられる。酢酸ビニルに共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸類、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類、不飽和スルホン酸類、アンモニウム基を有する(メタ)アクリルアミド類等が挙げられる。
The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is obtained by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin. As the polyvinyl acetate-based resin, in addition to polyvinyl acetate which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is used. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and (meth) acrylamides having an ammonium group.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂のケン化度は、通常85モル%以上100モル%以下であり、好ましくは98モル%以上である。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒド類で変性されたポリビニルホルマールやポリビニルアセタールも使用することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の重合度は、通常1000以上10000以下であり、好ましくは1500以上5000以下である。
The saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 85 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, preferably 98 mol% or more. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can also be used. The degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 1000 or more and 10000 or less, preferably 1500 or more and 5000 or less.
このようなポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜したものが、延伸フィルムの原反フィルムとして用いられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜する方法は、特に限定されるものでなく、公知の方法で製膜することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系原反フィルムの膜厚は、例えば10μm以上150μm以下であってよい。
A film made of such a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is used as a raw film for a stretched film. The method for forming the film of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and the film can be formed by a known method. The film thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based raw film may be, for example, 10 μm or more and 150 μm or less.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムの一軸延伸は、二色性色素による染色の前、染色と同時、または染色の後で行うことができる。一軸延伸を染色の後で行う場合、この一軸延伸は、ホウ酸処理の前に行ってもよいし、ホウ酸処理中に行ってもよい。また、これらの複数の段階で一軸延伸を行うことも可能である。一軸延伸にあたっては、周速の異なるロール間で一軸に延伸してもよいし、熱ロールを用いて一軸に延伸してもよい。また一軸延伸は、大気中で延伸を行う乾式延伸であってもよいし、溶剤を用い、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを膨潤させた状態で延伸を行う湿式延伸であってもよい。延伸倍率は、通常3倍以上8倍以下程度である。
The uniaxial stretching of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be performed before dyeing with a dichroic dye, at the same time as dyeing, or after dyeing. If the uniaxial stretching is performed after staining, the uniaxial stretching may be performed before the boric acid treatment or during the boric acid treatment. It is also possible to perform uniaxial stretching at these multiple stages. In uniaxial stretching, rolls having different peripheral speeds may be uniaxially stretched, or thermal rolls may be used to uniaxially stretch the rolls. Further, the uniaxial stretching may be a dry stretching in which stretching is performed in the atmosphere, or a wet stretching in which the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is swollen using a solvent. The draw ratio is usually about 3 times or more and 8 times or less.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムの二色性色素による染色は、例えば、二色性色素を含有する水溶液に、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを浸漬する方法によって行われる。二色性色素として、具体的には、ヨウ素や二色性の有機染料が用いられる。二色性有機染料には、C.I.DIRECT RED 39等のジスアゾ化合物からなる二色性直接染料、トリスアゾ、テトラキスアゾ等の化合物からなる二色性直接染料が包含される。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムは、染色処理の前に、水への浸漬処理を施しておくことが好ましい。
Dyeing of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a dichroic dye is performed, for example, by immersing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing the dichroic dye. Specifically, iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye. For dichroic organic dyes, C.I. I. A dichroic direct dye composed of a disazo compound such as DIRECT RED 39 and a dichroic direct dye composed of a compound such as trisazo and tetrakisazo are included. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably immersed in water before the dyeing treatment.
二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いる場合は通常、ヨウ素およびヨウ化カリウムを含有する水溶液に、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを浸漬して染色する方法が採用される。この水溶液におけるヨウ素の含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常0.01質量部以上1質量部以下である。またヨウ化カリウムの含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常0.5質量部以上20質量部以下である。染色に用いる水溶液の温度は、通常20℃以上40℃以下である。また、この水溶液への浸漬時間(染色時間)は、通常20秒以上1,800秒以下である。
When iodine is used as a dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide and dyeing is usually adopted. The iodine content in this aqueous solution is usually 0.01 parts by mass or more and 1 part by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of water. The content of potassium iodide is usually 0.5 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of water. The temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually 20 ° C. or higher and 40 ° C. or lower. The immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually 20 seconds or more and 1,800 seconds or less.
一方、二色性色素として二色性の有機染料を用いる場合は通常、水溶性二色性染料を含む水溶液にポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを浸漬して染色する方法が採用される。この水溶液における二色性有機染料の含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常1×10-4質量部以上10質量部以下であり、好ましくは1×10-3質量部以上1質量部以下であり、さらに好ましくは1×10-3質量部以上1×10-2質量部以下である。この水溶液は、硫酸ナトリウムのような無機塩を染色助剤として含んでいてもよい。染色に用いる二色性染料水溶液の温度は、通常20℃以上80℃以下である。また、この水溶液への浸漬時間(染色時間)は、通常10秒以上1,800秒以下である。
On the other hand, when a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye and dyeing is usually adopted. The content of the bicolor organic dye in this aqueous solution is usually 1 × 10 -4 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, preferably 1 × 10 -3 parts by mass or more and 1 part by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of water. Yes, more preferably 1 × 10 -3 parts by mass or more and 1 × 10 -2 parts by mass or less. This aqueous solution may contain an inorganic salt such as sodium sulfate as a dyeing aid. The temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually 20 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower. The immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually 10 seconds or more and 1,800 seconds or less.
二色性色素による染色後のホウ酸処理は通常、染色されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムをホウ酸水溶液に浸漬する方法により行うことができる。このホウ酸水溶液におけるホウ酸の含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常2質量部以上15質量部以下であり、好ましくは5質量部以上12質量部以下である。二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いた場合には、このホウ酸水溶液はヨウ化カリウムを含有することが好ましく、その場合のヨウ化カリウムの含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常0.1質量部以上15質量部以下であり、好ましくは5質量部以上12質量部以下である。ホウ酸水溶液への浸漬時間は、通常60秒以上1,200秒以下であり、好ましくは150秒以上600秒以下、さらに好ましくは200秒以上400秒以下である。ホウ酸処理の温度は、通常50℃以上であり、
好ましくは50℃以上85℃以下、さらに好ましくは60℃以上80℃以下である。 The boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic dye can usually be performed by immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in a boric acid aqueous solution. The content of boric acid in this aqueous boric acid solution is usually 2 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 12 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of water. When iodine is used as the dichroic dye, this aqueous boric acid preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in that case is usually 0.1 mass by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. It is 5 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 12 parts by mass or less. The immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually 60 seconds or more and 1,200 seconds or less, preferably 150 seconds or more and 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 200 seconds or more and 400 seconds or less. The temperature of boric acid treatment is usually 50 ° C. or higher.
It is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 85 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 60 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower.
好ましくは50℃以上85℃以下、さらに好ましくは60℃以上80℃以下である。 The boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic dye can usually be performed by immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in a boric acid aqueous solution. The content of boric acid in this aqueous boric acid solution is usually 2 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 12 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of water. When iodine is used as the dichroic dye, this aqueous boric acid preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in that case is usually 0.1 mass by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. It is 5 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 12 parts by mass or less. The immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually 60 seconds or more and 1,200 seconds or less, preferably 150 seconds or more and 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 200 seconds or more and 400 seconds or less. The temperature of boric acid treatment is usually 50 ° C. or higher.
It is preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 85 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 60 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower.
ホウ酸処理後のポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムは通常、水洗処理される。水洗処理は、例えば、ホウ酸処理されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを水に浸漬する方法により行うことができる。水洗処理における水の温度は、通常5℃以上40℃以下である。また浸漬時間は、通常1秒以上120秒以下である。
The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film after boric acid treatment is usually washed with water. The water washing treatment can be performed, for example, by immersing the boric acid-treated polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in water. The temperature of water in the washing treatment is usually 5 ° C. or higher and 40 ° C. or lower. The immersion time is usually 1 second or more and 120 seconds or less.
水洗後に乾燥処理が施されて、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムが得られる。乾燥処理は例えば、熱風乾燥機や遠赤外線ヒーターを用いて行うことができる。乾燥処理の温度は、通常30℃以上100℃以下であり、好ましくは50℃以上80℃以下である。乾燥処理の時間は、通常60秒以上600秒以下であり、好ましくは120秒以上600秒以下である。乾燥処理により、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムの水分率は実用程度にまで低減される。その水分率は、通常5質量%以上20質量%以下であり、好ましくは8質量%以上15質量%以下である。水分率が5質量%を下回ると、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムの可撓性が失われ、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムがその乾燥後に損傷したり、破断したりすることがある。また、水分率が20質量%を上回ると、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムの熱安定性が悪くなる可能性がある。
After washing with water, a drying treatment is performed to obtain a stretched film on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed. The drying process can be performed using, for example, a hot air dryer or a far-infrared heater. The temperature of the drying treatment is usually 30 ° C. or higher and 100 ° C. or lower, preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 80 ° C. or lower. The drying treatment time is usually 60 seconds or more and 600 seconds or less, preferably 120 seconds or more and 600 seconds or less. By the drying treatment, the moisture content of the stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed is reduced to a practical level. The water content is usually 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less, preferably 8% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less. When the moisture content is less than 5% by mass, the flexibility of the stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed is lost, and the stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed is damaged or broken after drying. Sometimes. Further, if the water content exceeds 20% by mass, the thermal stability of the stretched film on which the dichroic dye is adsorbed may deteriorate.
次に、二色性色素を吸着させた延伸層(以下、省略して「延伸層」ということもある)である偏光子について説明する。二色性色素を吸着させた延伸層は、通常、上記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を含む塗布液を基材上に塗布して積層フィルムを得る工程、得られた積層フィルムを一軸延伸する工程、一軸延伸された積層フィルムのポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を二色性色素で染色し、吸着させる工程、二色性色素が吸着されたフィルムをホウ酸水溶液で処理する工程、およびホウ酸水溶液による処理後に水洗する工程を経て製造することができる。
基材の例としては、偏光子保護層101の説明において例示する熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが適用される。基材を延伸層から剥離除去してもよく、基材を偏光子保護層101としてもよい。基材の厚みは、例えば5μm以上200μm以下であってよい。基材が積層体1に組み込まれる場合には、基材の厚みは30μm以下であることが好ましい。 Next, a polarizing element, which is a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “stretched layer”) will be described. The stretched layer on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed is usually a step of applying a coating liquid containing the above polyvinyl alcohol resin on a substrate to obtain a laminated film, a step of uniaxially stretching the obtained laminated film, and uniaxial stretching. The step of dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the laminated film with a bicolor dye and adsorbing it, the step of treating the film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed with a boric acid aqueous solution, and washing with water after the treatment with a boric acid aqueous solution. It can be manufactured through a process.
As an example of the base material, the thermoplastic resin film exemplified in the description of the statorprotective layer 101 is applied. The base material may be peeled off and removed from the stretched layer, or the base material may be used as the stator protective layer 101. The thickness of the base material may be, for example, 5 μm or more and 200 μm or less. When the base material is incorporated into the laminate 1, the thickness of the base material is preferably 30 μm or less.
基材の例としては、偏光子保護層101の説明において例示する熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが適用される。基材を延伸層から剥離除去してもよく、基材を偏光子保護層101としてもよい。基材の厚みは、例えば5μm以上200μm以下であってよい。基材が積層体1に組み込まれる場合には、基材の厚みは30μm以下であることが好ましい。 Next, a polarizing element, which is a stretched layer on which a dichroic dye is adsorbed (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “stretched layer”) will be described. The stretched layer on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed is usually a step of applying a coating liquid containing the above polyvinyl alcohol resin on a substrate to obtain a laminated film, a step of uniaxially stretching the obtained laminated film, and uniaxial stretching. The step of dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer of the laminated film with a bicolor dye and adsorbing it, the step of treating the film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed with a boric acid aqueous solution, and washing with water after the treatment with a boric acid aqueous solution. It can be manufactured through a process.
As an example of the base material, the thermoplastic resin film exemplified in the description of the stator
[二色性色素を塗布し硬化させたフィルムである偏光子]
二色性色素を塗布し硬化させたフィルムとしては、例えば液晶性を有する二色性色素を含む組成物又は二色性色素と液晶化合物とを含む組成物を基材に塗布し硬化させた硬化物を含むフィルムが挙げられる。 [Polarizer, which is a film coated with a dichroic dye and cured]
As the film obtained by applying and curing the dichroic dye, for example, a composition containing a dichroic dye having a liquid crystal property or a composition containing a dichroic dye and a liquid crystal compound is applied to a substrate and cured. Examples include films containing objects.
二色性色素を塗布し硬化させたフィルムとしては、例えば液晶性を有する二色性色素を含む組成物又は二色性色素と液晶化合物とを含む組成物を基材に塗布し硬化させた硬化物を含むフィルムが挙げられる。 [Polarizer, which is a film coated with a dichroic dye and cured]
As the film obtained by applying and curing the dichroic dye, for example, a composition containing a dichroic dye having a liquid crystal property or a composition containing a dichroic dye and a liquid crystal compound is applied to a substrate and cured. Examples include films containing objects.
基材の例としては、後述する偏光子保護層101の説明において例示する熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが適用される。基材は二色性色素を塗布し硬化させたフィルムから剥離除去してもよく、または基材を偏光子保護層101として用いることもできる。基材の厚みは、例えば5μm以上200μm以下であってよい。基材が積層体1に組み込まれる場合には、基材の厚みは30μm以下であることが好ましい。基材は、ハードコート層、反射防止層又は帯電防止層を少なくとも一方の表面に有していてもよい。ハードコート層、反射防止層及び帯電防止層は、基材の上記硬化物が形成されていない側の表面のみに、又は基材の上記硬化物が形成されている側の表面のみに形成されていてもよい。
As an example of the base material, the thermoplastic resin film exemplified in the description of the polarizing element protective layer 101 described later is applied. The base material may be peeled off and removed from the film coated with the dichroic dye and cured, or the base material may be used as the polarizing element protective layer 101. The thickness of the base material may be, for example, 5 μm or more and 200 μm or less. When the base material is incorporated into the laminate 1, the thickness of the base material is preferably 30 μm or less. The substrate may have a hardcourt layer, an antireflection layer or an antistatic layer on at least one surface. The hardcoat layer, antireflection layer and antistatic layer are formed only on the surface of the base material on the side where the cured product is not formed, or only on the surface of the base material on the side where the cured product is formed. You may.
二色性色素を塗布し硬化させたフィルムは薄い方が好ましいが、薄すぎると強度が低下し、加工性に劣る傾向がある。当該フィルムの厚みは、通常20μm以下であり、好ましくは5μm以下であり、より好ましくは0.5μm以上3μm以下である。
It is preferable that the film coated with the dichroic dye and cured is thin, but if it is too thin, the strength is lowered and the processability tends to be inferior. The thickness of the film is usually 20 μm or less, preferably 5 μm or less, and more preferably 0.5 μm or more and 3 μm or less.
二色性色素を塗布し硬化させたフィルムとしては、具体的には、特開2013-37353号公報や特開2013-33249号公報等に記載のものが挙げられる。
Specific examples of the film coated with the dichroic dye and cured include those described in JP2013-37353A, JP2013-333249, and the like.
[配向膜]
配向膜は、上記基材と液晶性を有する二色性色素を含む組成物、または二色性色素と液晶化合物とを含む組成物の硬化物の層との間に配置されることができる。配向膜は、その上に形成される液晶層を所望の方向に液晶配向させる、配向規制力を有する。配向膜としては、配向性ポリマーで形成された配向性ポリマー層、光配向ポリマーで形成された光配向性ポリマー層、層表面に凹凸パターンや複数のグルブ(溝)を有するグルブ配向膜を挙げることができる。配向膜の厚みは、例えば10nm以上500nm以下であってよく、10nm以上200nm以下であることが好ましい。 [Alignment film]
The alignment film can be arranged between the base material and the composition containing the dichroic dye having liquid crystallinity, or the layer of the cured product of the composition containing the dichroic dye and the liquid crystal compound. The alignment film has an orientation regulating force that aligns the liquid crystal layer formed on the liquid crystal layer in a desired direction. Examples of the alignment film include an orientation polymer layer formed of an orientation polymer, a photo-alignment polymer layer formed of a photo-alignment polymer, and a grub alignment film having an uneven pattern or a plurality of grubs (grooves) on the surface of the layer. Can be done. The thickness of the alignment film may be, for example, 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and preferably 10 nm or more and 200 nm or less.
配向膜は、上記基材と液晶性を有する二色性色素を含む組成物、または二色性色素と液晶化合物とを含む組成物の硬化物の層との間に配置されることができる。配向膜は、その上に形成される液晶層を所望の方向に液晶配向させる、配向規制力を有する。配向膜としては、配向性ポリマーで形成された配向性ポリマー層、光配向ポリマーで形成された光配向性ポリマー層、層表面に凹凸パターンや複数のグルブ(溝)を有するグルブ配向膜を挙げることができる。配向膜の厚みは、例えば10nm以上500nm以下であってよく、10nm以上200nm以下であることが好ましい。 [Alignment film]
The alignment film can be arranged between the base material and the composition containing the dichroic dye having liquid crystallinity, or the layer of the cured product of the composition containing the dichroic dye and the liquid crystal compound. The alignment film has an orientation regulating force that aligns the liquid crystal layer formed on the liquid crystal layer in a desired direction. Examples of the alignment film include an orientation polymer layer formed of an orientation polymer, a photo-alignment polymer layer formed of a photo-alignment polymer, and a grub alignment film having an uneven pattern or a plurality of grubs (grooves) on the surface of the layer. Can be done. The thickness of the alignment film may be, for example, 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and preferably 10 nm or more and 200 nm or less.
配向性ポリマー層は、配向性ポリマーを溶剤に溶解した組成物を基材に塗布して溶剤を除去し、必要に応じてラビング処理をして形成することができる。この場合、配向規制力は、配向性ポリマーで形成された配向性ポリマー層では、配向性ポリマーの表面状態やラビング条件によって任意に調整することが可能である。
The oriented polymer layer can be formed by applying a composition in which an oriented polymer is dissolved in a solvent to a base material to remove the solvent, and if necessary, rubbing treatment. In this case, in the oriented polymer layer formed of the oriented polymer, the orientation restricting force can be arbitrarily adjusted depending on the surface condition of the oriented polymer and the rubbing conditions.
光配向性ポリマー層は、光反応性基を有するポリマー又はモノマーと溶剤とを含む組成物を基材に塗布し、偏光を照射することによって形成することができる。この場合、配向規制力は、光配向性ポリマー層では、光配向性ポリマーに対する偏光照射条件等によって任意に調整することが可能である。
The photo-oriented polymer layer can be formed by applying a composition containing a polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group and a solvent to a substrate and irradiating it with polarized light. In this case, the orientation restricting force can be arbitrarily adjusted in the photo-alignment polymer layer depending on the polarization irradiation conditions for the photo-alignment polymer.
グルブ配向膜は、例えば感光性ポリイミド膜表面にパターン形状のスリットを有する露光用マスクを介して露光、現像等を行って凹凸パターンを形成する方法、表面に溝を有する板状の原盤に、活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂の未硬化の層を形成し、この層を基材に転写して硬化する方法、基材に活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂の未硬化の層を形成し、この層に、凹凸を有するロール状の原盤を押し当てる等により凹凸を形成して硬化させる方法等によって形成することができる。
The grub alignment film is, for example, a method of forming an uneven pattern by exposure and development through an exposure mask having a pattern-shaped slit on the surface of a photosensitive polyimide film, and is active on a plate-shaped master having a groove on the surface. A method of forming an uncured layer of an energy ray-curable resin and transferring this layer to a substrate for curing. An uncured layer of an active energy ray-curable resin is formed on the substrate, and the layer has irregularities. It can be formed by a method of forming irregularities and hardening by pressing a roll-shaped master having the above.
[第2接着剤層]
第2接着剤層104は、偏光子103と液晶硬化層105とを貼合する機能を有する。第2接着剤層104は、通常、感圧式粘着剤(以下、粘着剤ともいう)から形成された粘着剤層であることができる。 [Second adhesive layer]
The secondadhesive layer 104 has a function of bonding the polarizing element 103 and the liquid crystal curing layer 105. The second adhesive layer 104 can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer usually formed of a pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive (hereinafter, also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive).
第2接着剤層104は、偏光子103と液晶硬化層105とを貼合する機能を有する。第2接着剤層104は、通常、感圧式粘着剤(以下、粘着剤ともいう)から形成された粘着剤層であることができる。 [Second adhesive layer]
The second
第2接着剤層104の厚みは、例えば1μm以上50μm以下の範囲であってよく、好ましくは2μm以上45μm以下、より好ましくは3μm以上30μm以下、さらに好ましくは5μm以上20μm以下である。
The thickness of the second adhesive layer 104 may be, for example, in the range of 1 μm or more and 50 μm or less, preferably 2 μm or more and 45 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or more and 30 μm or less, and further preferably 5 μm or more and 20 μm or less.
粘着剤層は、(メタ)アクリル系、ゴム系、ウレタン系、エステル系、シリコーン系、ポリビニルエーテル系のような樹脂を主成分とする粘着剤組成物から構成することができる。中でも、透明性、耐候性、耐熱性および貯蔵弾性率の観点から好ましくは(メタ)アクリル系樹脂をベースポリマーとする粘着剤組成物である。粘着剤組成物は、活性エネルギー線硬化型又は熱硬化型であってもよい。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a resin as a main component, such as (meth) acrylic, rubber, urethane, ester, silicone, and polyvinyl ether. Among them, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a (meth) acrylic resin as a base polymer is preferable from the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, heat resistance and storage elastic modulus. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be an active energy ray-curable type or a thermosetting type.
粘着剤組成物に用いられる(メタ)アクリル系樹脂(ベースポリマー)としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシルのような(メタ)アクリル酸エステルの1種または2種以上をモノマーとする重合体または共重合体が好適に用いられる。ベースポリマーには、極性モノマーを共重合させることが好ましい。極性モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートのような、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミド基、アミノ基、エポキシ基等を有するモノマーを挙げることができる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic resin (base polymer) used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition include butyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, and 2- (meth) acrylate. A polymer or copolymer having one or more (meth) acrylic acid esters such as ethylhexyl as a monomer is preferably used. It is preferable that the base polymer is copolymerized with a polar monomer. Examples of the polar monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylic acid, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and glycidyl ( Examples thereof include monomers having a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an epoxy group and the like, such as meth) acrylate.
粘着剤組成物は、上記ベースポリマーのみを含むものであってもよいが、通常は架橋剤をさらに含有する。架橋剤としては、2価以上の金属イオンであって、カルボキシル基との間でカルボン酸金属塩を形成するもの;ポリアミン化合物であって、カルボキシル基との間でアミド結合を形成するもの;ポリエポキシ化合物やポリオールであって、カルボキシル基との間でエステル結合を形成するもの;ポリイソシアネート化合物であって、カルボキシル基との間でアミド結合を形成するものが例示される。中でも、ポリイソシアネート化合物が好ましい。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may contain only the above-mentioned base polymer, but usually further contains a cross-linking agent. The cross-linking agent is a divalent or higher metal ion that forms a carboxylic acid metal salt with a carboxyl group; a polyamine compound that forms an amide bond with a carboxyl group; poly. Epoxy compounds and polyols that form an ester bond with a carboxyl group; polyisocyanate compounds that form an amide bond with a carboxyl group are exemplified. Of these, polyisocyanate compounds are preferable.
粘着剤層の形成は、例えば、トルエンや酢酸エチル等の有機溶剤に粘着剤組成物を溶解又は分散させて粘着剤液を調製し、これを積層体の対象面に直接塗工して粘着剤層を形成する方式や、離型処理が施されたセパレートフィルム上に粘着剤層をシート状に形成しておき、それを偏光子103又は液晶硬化層105の対象面に移着する方式等により行うことができる。
To form the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, for example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is dissolved or dispersed in an organic solvent such as toluene or ethyl acetate to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive liquid, which is directly applied to the target surface of the laminate to prepare the pressure-sensitive adhesive. By a method of forming a layer, a method of forming an adhesive layer in the form of a sheet on a separate film that has been subjected to a mold release treatment, and transferring it to a target surface of a polarizing element 103 or a liquid crystal curing layer 105, or the like. It can be carried out.
セパレートフィルムは、ポリエチレン等のポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレン等のポリプロピレン系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂等からなるフィルムであることができる。中でも、ポリエチレンテレフタレートの延伸フィルムが好ましい。
The separate film can be a film made of a polyethylene resin such as polyethylene, a polypropylene resin such as polypropylene, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, or the like. Of these, a stretched film of polyethylene terephthalate is preferable.
粘着剤層は、任意成分、例えばガラス繊維、ガラスビーズ、樹脂ビーズ、金属粉や他の無機粉末からなる充填剤、顔料、着色剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、帯電防止剤等を含むことができる。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains optional components such as glass fibers, glass beads, resin beads, fillers composed of metal powder and other inorganic powders, pigments, colorants, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents and the like. Can be done.
帯電防止剤としては、例えば、イオン性化合物、導電性微粒子、導電性高分子等を挙げることができるが、イオン性化合物が好ましく用いられる。
イオン性化合物を構成するカチオン成分は無機カチオンでも有機カチオンでもよい。
有機カチオンとしては、ピリジニウムカチオン、イミダゾリウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、ピペリジニウムカチオン、ピロリジニウムカチオン等が挙げられ、無機カチオンとしてはリチウムイオン、カリウムイオン等が挙げられる。
一方、イオン性化合物を構成するアニオン成分としては、無機アニオンでも有機アニオンでもよいが、帯電防止性能に優れるイオン性化合物を与えることから、フッ素原子を含むアニオン成分が好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアニオン成分としては、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン[(PF6 -)]、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(CF3SO2)2N-]アニオン、ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(FSO2)2N-]アニオン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the antistatic agent include ionic compounds, conductive fine particles, conductive polymers and the like, and ionic compounds are preferably used.
The cation component constituting the ionic compound may be an inorganic cation or an organic cation.
Examples of the organic cation include pyridinium cation, imidazolium cation, ammonium cation, sulfonium cation, phosphonium cation, piperidinium cation, pyrrolidinium cation and the like, and examples of the inorganic cation include lithium ion and potassium ion.
On the other hand, the anion component constituting the ionic compound may be an inorganic anion or an organic anion, but an anion component containing a fluorine atom is preferable because it provides an ionic compound having excellent antistatic performance. As anion components containing a fluorine atom, hexafluorophosphate anion [(PF 6- ) ], bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N- ] anion, bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [ (FSO 2 ) 2 N- ] Anions and the like can be mentioned.
イオン性化合物を構成するカチオン成分は無機カチオンでも有機カチオンでもよい。
有機カチオンとしては、ピリジニウムカチオン、イミダゾリウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオン、ピペリジニウムカチオン、ピロリジニウムカチオン等が挙げられ、無機カチオンとしてはリチウムイオン、カリウムイオン等が挙げられる。
一方、イオン性化合物を構成するアニオン成分としては、無機アニオンでも有機アニオンでもよいが、帯電防止性能に優れるイオン性化合物を与えることから、フッ素原子を含むアニオン成分が好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアニオン成分としては、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン[(PF6 -)]、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(CF3SO2)2N-]アニオン、ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(FSO2)2N-]アニオン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the antistatic agent include ionic compounds, conductive fine particles, conductive polymers and the like, and ionic compounds are preferably used.
The cation component constituting the ionic compound may be an inorganic cation or an organic cation.
Examples of the organic cation include pyridinium cation, imidazolium cation, ammonium cation, sulfonium cation, phosphonium cation, piperidinium cation, pyrrolidinium cation and the like, and examples of the inorganic cation include lithium ion and potassium ion.
On the other hand, the anion component constituting the ionic compound may be an inorganic anion or an organic anion, but an anion component containing a fluorine atom is preferable because it provides an ionic compound having excellent antistatic performance. As anion components containing a fluorine atom, hexafluorophosphate anion [(PF 6- ) ], bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N- ] anion, bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [ (FSO 2 ) 2 N- ] Anions and the like can be mentioned.
偏光子103と液晶硬化層105との接着性を向上させるために、偏光子103と液晶硬化層105との貼合に先立ち、それぞれの貼合面に、コロナ処理、火炎処理、プラズマ処理、紫外線照射処理、プライマー塗布処理、ケン化処理等の表面処理を施してもよい。
In order to improve the adhesiveness between the polarizing element 103 and the liquid crystal cured layer 105, prior to the bonding of the polarizing element 103 and the liquid crystal cured layer 105, the bonded surfaces are subjected to corona treatment, flame treatment, plasma treatment, and ultraviolet rays. Surface treatment such as irradiation treatment, primer coating treatment, and saponification treatment may be performed.
[液晶硬化層]
液晶硬化層105は、第2接着剤層104を介して偏光子103の偏光子保護層101とは反対側に積層されている。液晶硬化層105は、位相差層の機能を有する液晶硬化位相差層であることができる。液晶硬化位相差層としては、例えばλ/4層やλ/2層のようなポジティブA層、及びポジティブC層等の機能を有する液晶硬化層が挙げられる。液晶硬化層105は、後述の配向層や基材をさらに含んでいてもよい。 [LCD cured layer]
The liquidcrystal curing layer 105 is laminated on the opposite side of the polarizing element 103 from the polarizing element protective layer 101 via the second adhesive layer 104. The liquid crystal cured layer 105 can be a liquid crystal cured retardation layer having the function of a retardation layer. Examples of the liquid crystal curable retardation layer include a positive A layer such as a λ / 4 layer and a λ / 2 layer, and a liquid crystal curable layer having a function such as a positive C layer. The liquid crystal curing layer 105 may further include an alignment layer and a base material described later.
液晶硬化層105は、第2接着剤層104を介して偏光子103の偏光子保護層101とは反対側に積層されている。液晶硬化層105は、位相差層の機能を有する液晶硬化位相差層であることができる。液晶硬化位相差層としては、例えばλ/4層やλ/2層のようなポジティブA層、及びポジティブC層等の機能を有する液晶硬化層が挙げられる。液晶硬化層105は、後述の配向層や基材をさらに含んでいてもよい。 [LCD cured layer]
The liquid
液晶硬化層105は、重合性液晶化合物が重合することにより硬化した硬化物の層である。液晶硬化層105は、重合性液晶化合物が、液晶配向した状態で互いに重合したものであってよい。重合性液晶化合物は、面内に配向していてもよいし、垂直に配向していてもよい。重合性液晶化合物が面内に配向している場合、液晶硬化層105は、面内位相差を示すポジティブA層となる。重合性液晶化合物が垂直に配向している場合、厚み方向に位相差を示すポジティブC層となる。
重合性液晶化合物は、重合性基を有する化合物であって、液晶状態となりうる化合物である。重合性液晶化合物の重合性基同士が反応して重合性液晶化合物が重合することにより、重合性液晶化合物が硬化する。 The liquid crystal curedlayer 105 is a layer of a cured product cured by polymerizing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The liquid crystal cured layer 105 may be one in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are polymerized with each other in a liquid crystal oriented state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be oriented in-plane or vertically. When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is oriented in the plane, the liquid crystal cured layer 105 becomes a positive A layer showing an in-plane phase difference. When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is vertically oriented, it becomes a positive C layer showing a phase difference in the thickness direction.
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a compound having a polymerizable group and can be in a liquid crystal state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured by the reaction between the polymerizable groups of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the polymerization of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
重合性液晶化合物は、重合性基を有する化合物であって、液晶状態となりうる化合物である。重合性液晶化合物の重合性基同士が反応して重合性液晶化合物が重合することにより、重合性液晶化合物が硬化する。 The liquid crystal cured
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a compound having a polymerizable group and can be in a liquid crystal state. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured by the reaction between the polymerizable groups of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the polymerization of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
重合性液晶化合物の種類については、特に限定されないものの、その形状から、棒状タイプ(棒状液晶化合物)と円盤状タイプ(円盤状液晶化合物、ディスコティック液晶化合物)とに分類できる。さらに、それぞれ低分子タイプと高分子タイプとがある。なお、高分子とは、一般に重合度が100以上のものを言う(高分子物理・相転移ダイナミクス、土井 正男著、2頁、岩波書店、1992)。本発明においては何れの重合性液晶化合物を用いることもできる。さらに、2種以上の棒状液晶化合物や、2種以上の円盤状液晶化合物、または棒状液晶化合物と円盤状液晶化合物との混合物を用いてもよい。棒状液晶化合物としては、例えば、特表平11-513019号公報の請求項1に記載のものを好適に用いることができる。円盤状液晶化合物としては、例えば、特開2007-108732号公報の段落[0020]~[0067]、または特開2010-244038号公報の段落[0013]~[0108]に記載のものを好適に用いることができる。
The type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited, but can be classified into a rod-shaped type (rod-shaped liquid crystal compound) and a disk-shaped type (disk-shaped liquid crystal compound, discotic liquid crystal compound) according to its shape. Further, there are a small molecule type and a high molecular type, respectively. The polymer generally means a polymer having a degree of polymerization of 100 or more (Polymer Physics / Phase Transition Dynamics, Masao Doi, 2 pages, Iwanami Shoten, 1992). Any polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used in the present invention. Further, two or more kinds of rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds, two or more kinds of disk-shaped liquid crystal compounds, or a mixture of a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound and a disk-shaped liquid crystal compound may be used. As the rod-shaped liquid crystal compound, for example, the compound described in claim 1 of JP-A No. 11-513019 can be preferably used. As the disk-shaped liquid crystal compound, for example, those described in paragraphs [0020] to [0067] of JP-A-2007-108732 or paragraphs [0013]-[0108] of JP-A-2010-244033 are preferable. Can be used.
重合性液晶化合物は、2種類以上を併用してもよい。その場合、少なくとも1種類が分子内に2以上の重合性基を有している。すなわち、前記重合性液晶化合物が硬化した層は、重合性基を有する液晶化合物が重合によって固定されて形成された層であることが好ましい。この場合、層となった後はもはや液晶性を示す必要はない。
Two or more kinds of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds may be used in combination. In that case, at least one type has two or more polymerizable groups in the molecule. That is, the layer obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a layer formed by fixing a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group by polymerization. In this case, it is no longer necessary to exhibit liquid crystallinity after forming a layer.
重合性液晶化合物は、重合反応をし得る重合性基を有する。重合性基としては、例えば、重合性エチレン性不飽和基や環重合性基などの付加重合反応が可能な官能基が好ましい。より具体的には、重合性基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、スチリル基、アリル基などを挙げることができる。その中でも、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。なお、(メタ)アクリロイル基とは、メタアクリロイル基およびアクリロイル基の両者を包含する概念である。
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound has a polymerizable group capable of carrying out a polymerization reaction. As the polymerizable group, for example, a functional group capable of an addition polymerization reaction such as a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group or a ring-polymerizable group is preferable. More specifically, examples of the polymerizable group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group, styryl group, allyl group and the like. Among them, the (meth) acryloyl group is preferable. The (meth) acryloyl group is a concept that includes both a meta-acryloyl group and an acryloyl group.
重合性液晶化合物が有する液晶性はサーモトロピック性液晶でもリオトロピック液晶でもよく、サーモトロピック液晶を秩序度で分類すると、ネマチック液晶でもスメクチック液晶でもよい。
The liquid crystal property of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a lyotropic liquid crystal, and if the thermotropic liquid crystal is classified by order, it may be a nematic liquid crystal or a smectic liquid crystal.
液晶硬化層105は、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物(以下、液晶硬化層形成用組成物ともいう)を、例えば配向層上に塗工し、活性エネルギー線を照射することによって形成することができる。液晶硬化層形成用組成物には、上述した重合性液晶化合物以外の成分が含まれていてもよい。例えば、液晶硬化層形成用組成物には、重合開始剤が含まれていることが好ましい。使用される重合開始剤は、重合反応の形式に応じて、例えば、熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤が選択される。例えば、光重合開始剤としては、α-カルボニル化合物、アシロインエーテル、α-炭化水素置換芳香族アシロイン化合物、多核キノン化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマーとp-アミノフェニルケトンとの組み合わせなどが挙げられる。重合開始剤の使用量は、前記塗工液中の全固形分に対して、0.01質量%以上20質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上5質量%以下であることがより好ましい。なお硬化物とは、形成された層単独でも変形、流動することなく自立して存在できる状態をいう。
The liquid crystal cured layer 105 can be formed by applying a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer) onto, for example, an alignment layer and irradiating it with active energy rays. can. The composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal compound. For example, it is preferable that the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer contains a polymerization initiator. As the polymerization initiator used, for example, a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator is selected depending on the type of the polymerization reaction. For example, examples of the photopolymerization initiator include α-carbonyl compounds, acyloin ethers, α-hydrocarbon-substituted aromatic acyloin compounds, polynuclear quinone compounds, and combinations of triarylimidazole dimers and p-aminophenyl ketones. The amount of the polymerization initiator used is preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less, and 0.5% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less, based on the total solid content in the coating liquid. Is more preferable. The cured product is a state in which the formed layer alone can exist independently without being deformed or flowed.
また、液晶硬化層形成用組成物には、塗工膜の均一性および膜の強度の点から、重合性モノマーが含まれていてもよい。重合性モノマーとしては、ラジカル重合性またはカチオン重合性の化合物が挙げられる。その中でも、多官能性ラジカル重合性モノマーが好ましい。
Further, the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain a polymerizable monomer from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the coating film and the strength of the film. Examples of the polymerizable monomer include radically polymerizable or cationically polymerizable compounds. Among them, a polyfunctional radically polymerizable monomer is preferable.
なお、重合性モノマーとしては、上述した重合性液晶化合物と共重合することができるものが好ましい。重合性モノマーの使用量は、重合性液晶化合物の全質量に対して、1質量%以上50質量%以下であることが好ましく、2質量%以上30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
The polymerizable monomer is preferably one that can be copolymerized with the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The amount of the polymerizable monomer used is preferably 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 2% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
また、液晶硬化層形成用組成物には、塗工膜の均一性および膜の強度の点から、界面活性剤が含まれていてもよい。界面活性剤としては、従来公知の化合物が挙げられる。その中でも特に、フッ素系化合物が好ましい。
Further, the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain a surfactant from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the coating film and the strength of the film. Examples of the surfactant include conventionally known compounds. Among them, fluorine-based compounds are particularly preferable.
また、液晶硬化層形成用組成物には、溶媒が含まれていてもよく、有機溶媒が好ましく用いられる。有機溶媒としては、例えば、アミド(例、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド)、スルホキシド(例、ジメチルスルホキシド)、ヘテロ環化合物(例、ピリジン)、炭化水素(例、ベンゼン、ヘキサン)、アルキルハライド(例、クロロホルム、ジクロロメタン)、エステル(例、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル)、ケトン(例、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン)、エーテル(例、テトラヒドロフラン、1,2-ジメトキシエタン)が挙げられる。その中でも、アルキルハライド、ケトンが好ましい。また、2種類以上の有機溶媒を併用してもよい。
Further, the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain a solvent, and an organic solvent is preferably used. Examples of the organic solvent include amide (eg, N, N-dimethylformamide), sulfoxide (eg, dimethyl sulfoxide), heterocyclic compound (eg, pyridine), hydrocarbon (eg, benzene, hexane), alkyl halide (eg, eg). , Chloroform, dichloromethane), esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate), ketones (eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone), ethers (eg, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane). Among them, alkyl halides and ketones are preferable. Further, two or more kinds of organic solvents may be used in combination.
また、液晶硬化層形成用組成物には、偏光子界面側垂直配向剤、空気界面側垂直配向剤などの垂直配向促進剤、並びに、偏光子界面側水平配向剤、空気界面側水平配向剤などの水平配向促進剤といった各種配向剤が含まれていてもよい。さらに、液晶硬化層形成用組成物には、上記成分以外にも、密着改良剤、可塑剤、ポリマーなどが含まれていてもよい。
In addition, the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer includes vertical alignment promoters such as a polarizing element interface side vertical alignment agent and an air interface side vertical alignment agent, as well as a polarizing element interface side horizontal alignment agent and an air interface side horizontal alignment agent. Various alignment agents such as the horizontal alignment accelerator may be contained. Further, the composition for forming a liquid crystal cured layer may contain an adhesion improver, a plasticizer, a polymer and the like in addition to the above components.
上記活性エネルギー線は、紫外線、可視光、電子線、X線を含み、好ましくは紫外線である。前記活性エネルギー線の光源としては、例えば、低圧水銀ランプ、中圧水銀ランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ、キセノンランプ、ハロゲンランプ、カーボンアーク灯、タングステンランプ、ガリウムランプ、エキシマレーザー、波長範囲380~440nmを発光するLED光源、ケミカルランプ、ブラックライトランプ、マイクロウェーブ励起水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray includes ultraviolet rays, visible light, electron beams, and X-rays, and is preferably ultraviolet rays. Examples of the light source of the active energy ray include a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a tungsten lamp, a gallium lamp, an excima laser, and a wavelength range. Examples thereof include LED light sources that emit light of 380 to 440 nm, chemical lamps, black light lamps, microwave-excited mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and the like.
紫外線の照射強度は、通常、紫外線B波(波長域280nm以上310nm以下)の場合、100mW/cm2以上3,000mW/cm2以下である。紫外線照射強度は、好ましくはカチオン重合開始剤またはラジカル重合開始剤の活性化に有効な波長領域における強度である。紫外線を照射する時間は、通常0.1秒以上10分以下であり、好ましくは0.1秒以上5分以下であり、より好ましくは0.1秒以上3分以下であり、さらに好ましくは0.1秒以上1分以下である。
The irradiation intensity of ultraviolet rays is usually 100 mW / cm 2 or more and 3,000 mW / cm 2 or less in the case of ultraviolet B waves (wavelength range 280 nm or more and 310 nm or less). The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably an intensity in a wavelength region effective for activating the cationic polymerization initiator or the radical polymerization initiator. The time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is usually 0.1 seconds or more and 10 minutes or less, preferably 0.1 seconds or more and 5 minutes or less, more preferably 0.1 seconds or more and 3 minutes or less, and further preferably 0. . 1 second or more and 1 minute or less.
紫外線は、1回または複数回に分けて照射することができる。使用する重合開始剤にもよるが、波長365nmにおける積算光量は、700mJ/cm2以上とすることが好ましく、1,100mJ/cm2以上とすることがより好ましく、1,300mJ/cm2以上とすることがさらに好ましい。上記積算光量とすることは、液晶硬化層105を構成する重合性液晶化合物の重合率を高め、耐熱性を向上させるのに有利である。波長365nmにおける積算光量は、2,000mJ/cm2以下とすることが好ましく、1,800mJ/cm2以下とすることがより好ましい。上記積算光量とすることは、液晶硬化層105の着色を招くおそれがある。
The ultraviolet rays can be irradiated once or in a plurality of times. Although it depends on the polymerization initiator used, the integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 700 mJ / cm 2 or more, more preferably 1,100 mJ / cm 2 or more, and 1,300 mJ / cm 2 or more. It is more preferable to do so. The integrated light amount is advantageous for increasing the polymerization rate of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal cured layer 105 and improving the heat resistance. The integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 2,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, and more preferably 1,800 mJ / cm 2 or less. The integrated light intensity may lead to coloring of the liquid crystal cured layer 105.
液晶硬化層105の厚みは、0.5μm以上であることが好ましい。また、液晶硬化層105の厚みは、10μm以下であることが好ましく、5μm以下であることがより好ましい。なお、上述した上限値および下限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。液晶硬化層105の厚みが前記下限値以上であると、十分な耐久性が得られる。液晶硬化層105の厚みが前記上限値以下であると、積層体1の薄層化に貢献し得る。液晶硬化層105の厚みは、λ/4の位相差を与える層、λ/2の位相差を与える層、またはポジティブC層の所望の面内位相差値、および厚み方向の位相差値が得られるよう調整され得る。
The thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is preferably 0.5 μm or more. The thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is preferably 10 μm or less, and more preferably 5 μm or less. The above-mentioned upper limit value and lower limit value can be arbitrarily combined. When the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient durability can be obtained. When the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105 is not more than the upper limit value, it can contribute to the thinning of the laminated body 1. As the thickness of the liquid crystal curing layer 105, a desired in-plane retardation value of a layer giving a phase difference of λ / 4, a layer giving a phase difference of λ / 2, or a positive C layer, and a phase difference value in the thickness direction are obtained. Can be adjusted to be.
液晶硬化層105は、それぞれ別の異なる位相差特性を有する複数の液晶硬化位相差層が積層されたものであってもよい。液晶硬化層105が複数の液晶硬化位相差層を含む場合、液晶硬化位相差層は2層又は3層以上であってもよい。それぞれの液晶硬化位相差層は、接着剤層を用いて積層してもよいし、すでに形成された液晶硬化位相差層の表面に重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を塗工し、硬化させてもよい。
液晶硬化位相差層は、第2接着剤層104側から順に第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とから構成される場合、第1液晶硬化位相差層及び第2液晶硬化位相差層のいずれか一方がλ/4層であってよく、好ましくは第1液晶硬化位相差層がλ/4層、第2液晶硬化位相差層がλ/2層又はポジティブC層である。
液晶硬化位相差層は、第2接着剤層104側から順に第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とから構成される場合、第1液晶硬化位相差層及び第2液晶硬化位相差層のいずれか一方がλ/2層であってよく、好ましくは第1液晶硬化位相差層がλ/2層、第2液晶硬化位相差層がλ/4層である。
液晶硬化位相差層は、第2接着剤層104側から順に第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とから構成される場合、第1液晶硬化位相差層及び第2液晶硬化位相差層のいずれか一方がポジティブC層であってよく、好ましくは第1液晶硬化位相差層がλ/4層又はポジティブC層、第2液晶硬化位相差層がポジティブC層又はλ/4層である。 The liquidcrystal curing layer 105 may be a stack of a plurality of liquid crystal curing retardation layers having different different retardation characteristics. When the liquid crystal curing layer 105 includes a plurality of liquid crystal curing retardation layers, the liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be two layers or three or more layers. Each liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be laminated using an adhesive layer, or a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is applied to the surface of the already formed liquid crystal curing retardation layer and cured. May be good.
When the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the secondadhesive layer 104 side, the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is formed. Either one of the retardation layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be a λ / 4 layer, preferably the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is a λ / 4 layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer is λ / 4. Two layers or a positive C layer.
When the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the secondadhesive layer 104 side, the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is formed. Either one of the retardation layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be a λ / 2 layer, preferably the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is a λ / 2 layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer is λ / 2. There are 4 layers.
When the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the secondadhesive layer 104 side, the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is formed. Either one of the retardation layer and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer may be a positive C layer, preferably the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer is a λ / 4 layer or a positive C layer, and the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer. Is a positive C layer or a λ / 4 layer.
液晶硬化位相差層は、第2接着剤層104側から順に第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とから構成される場合、第1液晶硬化位相差層及び第2液晶硬化位相差層のいずれか一方がλ/4層であってよく、好ましくは第1液晶硬化位相差層がλ/4層、第2液晶硬化位相差層がλ/2層又はポジティブC層である。
液晶硬化位相差層は、第2接着剤層104側から順に第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とから構成される場合、第1液晶硬化位相差層及び第2液晶硬化位相差層のいずれか一方がλ/2層であってよく、好ましくは第1液晶硬化位相差層がλ/2層、第2液晶硬化位相差層がλ/4層である。
液晶硬化位相差層は、第2接着剤層104側から順に第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とから構成される場合、第1液晶硬化位相差層及び第2液晶硬化位相差層のいずれか一方がポジティブC層であってよく、好ましくは第1液晶硬化位相差層がλ/4層又はポジティブC層、第2液晶硬化位相差層がポジティブC層又はλ/4層である。 The liquid
When the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the second
When the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the second
When the liquid crystal curing retardation layer is composed of a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the second
液晶硬化層105は、接着剤層、基材及び/又は液晶硬化層105を形成する際に重合性液晶化合物を配向させるための配向層を含んでいてよい。液晶硬化層105が基材を有する場合、基材は通常、液晶硬化層105が直線偏光板に貼合される際に除去される。
The liquid crystal cured layer 105 may include an adhesive layer, a base material, and / or an alignment layer for orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound when forming the liquid crystal cured layer 105. When the liquid crystal cured layer 105 has a substrate, the substrate is usually removed when the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is attached to the linear polarizing plate.
接着剤としては、紫外線硬化性接着剤等の活性エネルギー線硬化性接着剤や、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の水溶液またはこれに架橋剤が配合された水溶液、ウレタン系エマルジョン接着剤等の水系接着剤を挙げることができる。液晶硬化層105が2層以上の接着剤層を含む場合、接着剤は同種であってもよいし、異種であってもよい。接着剤層の厚みは、例えば0.1μm以上15μm以下であってよい。
Examples of the adhesive include an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as an ultraviolet curable adhesive, an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin or an aqueous solution containing a cross-linking agent, and a water-based adhesive such as a urethane-based emulsion adhesive. be able to. When the liquid crystal curing layer 105 includes two or more adhesive layers, the adhesives may be of the same type or different types. The thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 0.1 μm or more and 15 μm or less.
液晶硬化層105が複数の液晶硬化位相差層が積層されたものである場合、液晶硬化層105の厚みは、例えば0.1μm以上50μm以下であってよく、好ましくは1μm以上30μm以下、より好ましくは0.5μm以上15μm以下である。
When the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is a stack of a plurality of liquid crystal cured retardation layers, the thickness of the liquid crystal cured layer 105 may be, for example, 0.1 μm or more and 50 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or more and 30 μm or less, more preferably. Is 0.5 μm or more and 15 μm or less.
[基材]
重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む層は例えば、基材に設けられた配向層上に形成されることができる。基材は、配向層を支持する機能を有し、長尺に形成されている基材であってもよい。この基材は、離型性支持体として機能し、転写用の液晶硬化層や配向層を支持することができる。さらに、その表面が剥離可能な程度の接着力を有するものが好ましい。基材としては、透光性を有する、好ましくは光学的に透明な熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムとしては、上述の偏光子保護層の説明において例示したものが挙げられる。 [Base material]
The layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be formed, for example, on the alignment layer provided on the substrate. The base material has a function of supporting the alignment layer and may be a long base material. This base material functions as a releasable support and can support a liquid crystal curing layer or an alignment layer for transfer. Further, it is preferable that the surface has an adhesive force that can be peeled off. Examples of the base material include a translucent, preferably optically transparent thermoplastic resin film. Examples of the thermoplastic resin film include those exemplified in the above description of the stator protective layer.
重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む層は例えば、基材に設けられた配向層上に形成されることができる。基材は、配向層を支持する機能を有し、長尺に形成されている基材であってもよい。この基材は、離型性支持体として機能し、転写用の液晶硬化層や配向層を支持することができる。さらに、その表面が剥離可能な程度の接着力を有するものが好ましい。基材としては、透光性を有する、好ましくは光学的に透明な熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂フィルムとしては、上述の偏光子保護層の説明において例示したものが挙げられる。 [Base material]
The layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be formed, for example, on the alignment layer provided on the substrate. The base material has a function of supporting the alignment layer and may be a long base material. This base material functions as a releasable support and can support a liquid crystal curing layer or an alignment layer for transfer. Further, it is preferable that the surface has an adhesive force that can be peeled off. Examples of the base material include a translucent, preferably optically transparent thermoplastic resin film. Examples of the thermoplastic resin film include those exemplified in the above description of the stator protective layer.
基材は、種々のブロッキング防止処理が施されていてもよい。ブロッキング防止処理としては、例えば、易接着処理、フィラー等を練り込ませる処理、エンボス加工(ナーリング処理)等が挙げられる。このようなブロッキング防止処理を基材に対して施すことによって、基材を巻き取る際の基材同士の張り付き、いわゆるブロッキングを効果的に防止することができ、生産性が向上し易くなる傾向にある。
The base material may be subjected to various blocking prevention treatments. Examples of the blocking prevention treatment include an easy-adhesion treatment, a treatment of kneading a filler and the like, an embossing treatment (knurling treatment) and the like. By applying such a blocking prevention treatment to the base material, it is possible to effectively prevent the base materials from sticking to each other when the base material is wound, so-called blocking, and the productivity tends to be improved easily. be.
[配向層]
重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む層は、配向層を介して基材上に形成される。すなわち、基材、配向層の順で積層され、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む層は前記配向層上に積層される。 [Orientation layer]
The layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed on the substrate via the alignment layer. That is, the base material and the alignment layer are laminated in this order, and the layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is laminated on the alignment layer.
重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む層は、配向層を介して基材上に形成される。すなわち、基材、配向層の順で積層され、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む層は前記配向層上に積層される。 [Orientation layer]
The layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed on the substrate via the alignment layer. That is, the base material and the alignment layer are laminated in this order, and the layer containing the cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is laminated on the alignment layer.
なお、配向層は、垂直配向層に限らず、重合性液晶化合物の分子軸を水平配向させる配向層であってもよく、重合性液晶化合物の分子軸を傾斜配向させる配向層であってもよい。配向層としては、後述する重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物の塗工等により溶解しない溶媒耐性を有し、また、溶媒の除去や液晶化合物の配向のための加熱処理における耐熱性を有するものが好ましい。配向層としては、配向性ポリマーを含む配向層、光配向膜および表面に凹凸パターンや複数の溝を形成し配向させるグルブ配向層が挙げられる。配向層の厚さは、通常10nm以上10000nm以下の範囲である。
The alignment layer is not limited to the vertical alignment layer, and may be an alignment layer that horizontally aligns the molecular axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, or may be an alignment layer that tiltly aligns the molecular axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. .. The alignment layer has solvent resistance that does not dissolve due to coating of a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, which will be described later, and heat resistance in heat treatment for removing the solvent and aligning the liquid crystal compound. preferable. Examples of the alignment layer include an alignment layer containing an orientation polymer, a photoalignment film, and a grub alignment layer in which an uneven pattern or a plurality of grooves are formed and oriented on the surface. The thickness of the oriented layer is usually in the range of 10 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less.
また、配向層は液晶硬化層105を支持する機能を有し、離型性支持体として機能してもよい。転写用の液晶硬化層を支持することができ、さらにその表面が剥離可能な程度の接着力を有するものでもよい。
Further, the alignment layer has a function of supporting the liquid crystal curing layer 105 and may function as a releasable support. A liquid crystal curing layer for transfer can be supported, and the surface thereof may have an adhesive strength to the extent that it can be peeled off.
配向層に用いる樹脂としては、重合性化合物が重合した樹脂が用いられる。重合性化合物は、重合性基を有する化合物であって、通常は、液晶状態とならない非液晶性の重合性非液晶性化合物である。重合性化合物の重合性基同士が反応して重合性化合物が重合することにより、樹脂となる。このような樹脂としては、液晶硬化層105の形成段階で重合性液晶化合物を配向させるための配向層として利用し、液晶硬化層105に含まれないものであれば、公知の配向層の材料として用いられる樹脂であれば特に限定されるものではなく、従来公知の単官能または多官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーを重合開始剤下で硬化させた硬化物等を用いることができる。具体的に、(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーとしては、例えば、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノ2-エチルヘキシルエーテルアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールモノフェニルエーテルアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ラウリルアクリレート、ラウリルメタクリレート、イソボルニルアクリレート、イソボルニルメタクリレート、2-フェノキシエチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、メタクリル酸、ウレタンアクリレート等を例示することができる。なお、樹脂としては、これらの1種類であってもよいし、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。
配向層は、液晶硬化層105を形成した後、直線偏光板等と積層させる工程の前後において、基材とともに剥離除去することができる。 As the resin used for the alignment layer, a resin obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable compound is used. The polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group, and is usually a non-liquid crystalline non-liquid crystal compound that does not become a liquid crystal state. The polymerizable groups of the polymerizable compound react with each other to polymerize the polymerizable compound, thereby forming a resin. Such a resin is used as an alignment layer for orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound at the stage of forming the liquid crystal curedlayer 105, and if it is not contained in the liquid crystal cured layer 105, it can be used as a material for a known oriented layer. The resin to be used is not particularly limited, and a cured product obtained by curing a conventionally known monofunctional or polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer under a polymerization initiator can be used. Specifically, examples of the (meth) acrylate-based monomer include 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, diethylene glycol mono2-ethylhexyl ether acrylate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether acrylate, tetraethylene glycol monophenyl ether acrylate, and trimethyl propanetriacrylate. , Lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, isobornyl acrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate. , Cyclohexyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid, urethane acrylate and the like can be exemplified. The resin may be one of these or a mixture of two or more.
The oriented layer can be peeled off together with the substrate before and after the step of forming the liquid crystal curedlayer 105 and then laminating it with a linear polarizing plate or the like.
配向層は、液晶硬化層105を形成した後、直線偏光板等と積層させる工程の前後において、基材とともに剥離除去することができる。 As the resin used for the alignment layer, a resin obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable compound is used. The polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group, and is usually a non-liquid crystalline non-liquid crystal compound that does not become a liquid crystal state. The polymerizable groups of the polymerizable compound react with each other to polymerize the polymerizable compound, thereby forming a resin. Such a resin is used as an alignment layer for orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound at the stage of forming the liquid crystal cured
The oriented layer can be peeled off together with the substrate before and after the step of forming the liquid crystal cured
また、基材との剥離性向上及び液晶硬化層105に膜強度を付与する目的で、液晶硬化層105に配向層を含めることができる。液晶硬化層105が配向層を含む場合、配向層に用いる樹脂として単官能や2官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、イミド系モノマーもしくはビニルエーテル系モノマーを硬化させた硬化物等を用いることが好ましい。
単官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーとしては、炭素数4から16のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、炭素数2から14のβカルボキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、炭素数2から14のアルキル化フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートおよびイソボニル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられ、
2官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーとしては、1,3-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート;1,3-ブタンジオール(メタ)アクリレート;1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート;エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート;ビスフェノールAのビス(アクリロイロキシエチル)エーテル;エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート;プロポキシ化ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;エトキシ化ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートおよび3-メチルペンタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
また、イミド系モノマーを硬化させたイミド系樹脂としては、ポリアミド、ポリイミド等が挙げられる。なお、イミド系樹脂としては、これらの1種類であってもよいし、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。
また、配向層を形成する樹脂として、単官能や2官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、イミド系モノマーおよびビニルエーテル系モノマー以外のモノマーを含んでいてもよいが、単官能や2官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、イミド系モノマーおよびビニルエーテル系モノマーの含有割合が、総モノマー中で50質量%以上であってもよく、55質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 Further, the alignment layer can be included in the liquidcrystal curing layer 105 for the purpose of improving the peelability from the substrate and imparting film strength to the liquid crystal curing layer 105. When the liquid crystal cured layer 105 contains an alignment layer, it is preferable to use a cured product obtained by curing a monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer, an imide-based monomer, or a vinyl ether-based monomer as the resin used for the alignment layer.
Examples of the monofunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer include alkyl (meth) acrylates having 4 to 16 carbon atoms, βcarboxyalkyl (meth) acrylates having 2 to 14 carbon atoms, and alkylated phenyl (meth) having 2 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include acrylates, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates and isobonyl (meth) acrylates.
Bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomers include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate; 1,3-butanediol (meth) acrylate; 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; ethylene glycol di. (Meta) acrylate; Diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; Triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Polyethylene glycol diacrylate; Bisphenol A bis (acrylate) Loyloxyethyl) ether; ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate; propoxylated neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; ethoxylated neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, 3-methylpentanediol di (meth) acrylate, etc. Can be mentioned.
Examples of the imide-based resin obtained by curing the imide-based monomer include polyamide and polyimide. The imide-based resin may be one of these or a mixture of two or more.
Further, the resin forming the alignment layer may contain a monomer other than the monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer, the imide-based monomer and the vinyl ether-based monomer, but the monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) The content ratio of the acrylate-based monomer, the imide-based monomer, and the vinyl ether-based monomer may be 50% by mass or more, preferably 55% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more in the total monomer. ..
単官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーとしては、炭素数4から16のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、炭素数2から14のβカルボキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、炭素数2から14のアルキル化フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートおよびイソボニル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられ、
2官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーとしては、1,3-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート;1,3-ブタンジオール(メタ)アクリレート;1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート;エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート;ビスフェノールAのビス(アクリロイロキシエチル)エーテル;エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート;プロポキシ化ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;エトキシ化ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートおよび3-メチルペンタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
また、イミド系モノマーを硬化させたイミド系樹脂としては、ポリアミド、ポリイミド等が挙げられる。なお、イミド系樹脂としては、これらの1種類であってもよいし、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。
また、配向層を形成する樹脂として、単官能や2官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、イミド系モノマーおよびビニルエーテル系モノマー以外のモノマーを含んでいてもよいが、単官能や2官能の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマー、イミド系モノマーおよびビニルエーテル系モノマーの含有割合が、総モノマー中で50質量%以上であってもよく、55質量%以上であることが好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 Further, the alignment layer can be included in the liquid
Examples of the monofunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer include alkyl (meth) acrylates having 4 to 16 carbon atoms, βcarboxyalkyl (meth) acrylates having 2 to 14 carbon atoms, and alkylated phenyl (meth) having 2 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include acrylates, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates and isobonyl (meth) acrylates.
Bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomers include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate; 1,3-butanediol (meth) acrylate; 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; ethylene glycol di. (Meta) acrylate; Diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; Triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Polyethylene glycol diacrylate; Bisphenol A bis (acrylate) Loyloxyethyl) ether; ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate; propoxylated neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; ethoxylated neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, 3-methylpentanediol di (meth) acrylate, etc. Can be mentioned.
Examples of the imide-based resin obtained by curing the imide-based monomer include polyamide and polyimide. The imide-based resin may be one of these or a mixture of two or more.
Further, the resin forming the alignment layer may contain a monomer other than the monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) acrylate-based monomer, the imide-based monomer and the vinyl ether-based monomer, but the monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) The content ratio of the acrylate-based monomer, the imide-based monomer, and the vinyl ether-based monomer may be 50% by mass or more, preferably 55% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more in the total monomer. ..
配向層が液晶硬化層105に含まれる場合、配向層の厚みは、通常10nm以上10000nm以下の範囲であり、液晶硬化層105の配向性がフィルム面に対し面内配向である場合、配向層の厚みは、10nm以上1000nm以下であることが好ましく、液晶硬化層105の配向性がフィルム面に対し垂直配向である場合は、100nm以上10000nm以下であることが好ましい。配向層の厚みが上記範囲内であると、基材の剥離性向上および適度な膜強度を付与することができる。
When the alignment layer is included in the liquid crystal cured layer 105, the thickness of the alignment layer is usually in the range of 10 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less, and when the orientation of the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is in-plane orientation with respect to the film surface, the alignment layer The thickness is preferably 10 nm or more and 1000 nm or less, and when the orientation of the liquid crystal cured layer 105 is perpendicular to the film surface, it is preferably 100 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less. When the thickness of the oriented layer is within the above range, the peelability of the base material can be improved and appropriate film strength can be imparted.
[表面保護フィルム付き積層体]
表面保護フィルム付き積層体は、積層体1と、偏光子保護層101のハードコート層100側に積層された表面保護フィルムとを含む。 [Laminate with surface protection film]
The laminated body with a surface protective film includes the laminated body 1 and the surface protective film laminated on thehard coat layer 100 side of the polarizing element protective layer 101.
表面保護フィルム付き積層体は、積層体1と、偏光子保護層101のハードコート層100側に積層された表面保護フィルムとを含む。 [Laminate with surface protection film]
The laminated body with a surface protective film includes the laminated body 1 and the surface protective film laminated on the
表面保護フィルムは、例えば画像表示素子や他の光学部材に偏光板が貼合された後、それが有する粘着剤層ごと剥離除去される。
The surface protective film is peeled off together with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that the polarizing plate is attached to, for example, an image display element or another optical member.
表面保護フィルムは、例えば、基材フィルムとその上に積層される粘着剤層とで構成される。粘着剤層については上述の貼合層についての説明が適用される。基材フィルムを構成する樹脂は、例えば、ポリエチレンのようなポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレンのようなポリプロピレン系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレートやポリエチレンナフタレートのようなポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂等の熱可塑性樹脂であることができる。好ましくは、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂である。
The surface protective film is composed of, for example, a base film and an adhesive layer laminated on the base film. As for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the above description of the bonded layer is applied. The resin constituting the base film is, for example, a polyethylene resin such as polyethylene, a polypropylene resin such as polypropylene, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate, or a thermoplastic resin such as a polycarbonate resin. be able to. A polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate is preferable.
表面保護フィルムの厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば20μm以上200μm以下の範囲とすることが好ましい。基材の厚さが20μm以上であると、積層体1に強度が付与され易くなる傾向にある。
The thickness of the surface protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of, for example, 20 μm or more and 200 μm or less. When the thickness of the base material is 20 μm or more, the strength tends to be easily imparted to the laminated body 1.
[粘着剤層付き積層体]
積層体1は、液晶硬化層105側の最外面に粘着剤層が配置されていてよい。粘着剤層は、積層体1にタッチセンサパネルや画像表示素子等を貼合するための層であることができる。粘着剤層は通常、粘着剤から構成される。粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤としては、従来公知の粘着剤を特に制限なく用いることができ、アクリル系ポリマー、ウレタン系ポリマー、シリコーン系ポリマー、ポリビニルエーテル系ポリマーなどのベースポリマーを有する粘着剤を用いることができる。また、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤、熱硬化型粘着剤などであってもよい。粘着剤層は、セパレートフィルムを有することができる。 [Laminate with adhesive layer]
In the laminated body 1, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be arranged on the outermost surface on the liquidcrystal curing layer 105 side. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be a layer for attaching a touch sensor panel, an image display element, or the like to the laminated body 1. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is usually composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive. As the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a conventionally known pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used without particular limitation, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a base polymer such as an acrylic polymer, a urethane-based polymer, a silicone-based polymer, or a polyvinyl ether-based polymer can be used. Can be used. Further, it may be an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, a thermosetting pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can have a separate film.
積層体1は、液晶硬化層105側の最外面に粘着剤層が配置されていてよい。粘着剤層は、積層体1にタッチセンサパネルや画像表示素子等を貼合するための層であることができる。粘着剤層は通常、粘着剤から構成される。粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤としては、従来公知の粘着剤を特に制限なく用いることができ、アクリル系ポリマー、ウレタン系ポリマー、シリコーン系ポリマー、ポリビニルエーテル系ポリマーなどのベースポリマーを有する粘着剤を用いることができる。また、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤、熱硬化型粘着剤などであってもよい。粘着剤層は、セパレートフィルムを有することができる。 [Laminate with adhesive layer]
In the laminated body 1, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be arranged on the outermost surface on the liquid
[積層体の層構成]
図3は、積層体の層構成の別の例を示す概略断面図である。図3に示される積層体2は、ハードコート層100と、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第2接着剤層104と、第1液晶硬化位相差層111と、第3接着剤層112と、第2液晶硬化位相差層113とを備える。 [Layer structure of laminated body]
FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the layer structure of the laminated body. Thelaminate 2 shown in FIG. 3 has a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, and a first liquid crystal curing phase difference. A layer 111, a third adhesive layer 112, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113 are provided.
図3は、積層体の層構成の別の例を示す概略断面図である。図3に示される積層体2は、ハードコート層100と、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第2接着剤層104と、第1液晶硬化位相差層111と、第3接着剤層112と、第2液晶硬化位相差層113とを備える。 [Layer structure of laminated body]
FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the layer structure of the laminated body. The
図4は、積層体の層構成のさらに別の例を示す概略断面図である。図4に示される積層体3は、表面保護フィルム114と、ハードコート層100と、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第2接着剤層104と、第1液晶硬化位相差層111と、第3接着剤層112と、第2液晶硬化位相差層113とを備える。
FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing still another example of the layer structure of the laminated body. The laminate 3 shown in FIG. 4 includes a surface protective film 114, a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, and a second adhesive layer 104. A first liquid crystal curing retardation layer 111, a third adhesive layer 112, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113 are provided.
図5は、積層体の層構成の他の例を示す概略断面図である。図5に示される積層体4は、ハードコート層100と、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第2接着剤層104と、第1液晶硬化位相差層111と、第3接着剤層112と、第2液晶硬化位相差層113と、粘着剤層115と、セパレートフィルム116とを備える。
FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the layer structure of the laminated body. The laminate 4 shown in FIG. 5 includes a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, and a first liquid crystal curing phase difference. A layer 111, a third adhesive layer 112, a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113, an adhesive layer 115, and a separate film 116 are provided.
図6は、積層体の層構成のさらに他の例を示す概略断面図である。図6に示される積層体5は、表面保護フィルム114と、ハードコート層100と、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第4接着剤層106と、偏光子保護層107と、第2接着剤層104と、第1液晶硬化位相差層111と、第3接着剤層112と、第2液晶硬化位相差層113と、粘着剤層115と、セパレートフィルム116とを備える。
FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing still another example of the layer structure of the laminated body. The laminate 5 shown in FIG. 6 includes a surface protective film 114, a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, and a fourth adhesive layer 106. The polarizing element protective layer 107, the second adhesive layer 104, the first liquid crystal curing retardation layer 111, the third adhesive layer 112, the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 115, and the separate A film 116 is provided.
[積層体の製造方法]
積層体1は、例えばハードコート層100を備える偏光子保護層101と、偏光子103とを第1接着剤層102を介して貼合して直線偏光板を作製し、直線偏光板と、液晶硬化層105とを、第2接着剤層104を介して貼合することによって製造することができる。貼合する場合には、密着性を高めるために、貼合面の一方または両方に対して、例えばコロナ処理等の表面活性化処理を施すことが好ましい。 [Manufacturing method of laminated body]
In the laminated body 1, for example, a polarizing elementprotective layer 101 provided with a hard coat layer 100 and a polarizing element 103 are bonded together via a first adhesive layer 102 to form a linear polarizing plate, and the linear polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display are formed. It can be manufactured by laminating the cured layer 105 with the second adhesive layer 104. In the case of bonding, it is preferable to apply a surface activation treatment such as corona treatment to one or both of the bonded surfaces in order to improve the adhesion.
積層体1は、例えばハードコート層100を備える偏光子保護層101と、偏光子103とを第1接着剤層102を介して貼合して直線偏光板を作製し、直線偏光板と、液晶硬化層105とを、第2接着剤層104を介して貼合することによって製造することができる。貼合する場合には、密着性を高めるために、貼合面の一方または両方に対して、例えばコロナ処理等の表面活性化処理を施すことが好ましい。 [Manufacturing method of laminated body]
In the laminated body 1, for example, a polarizing element
第2接着剤層104に用いる粘着剤層は粘着シートとして準備することができる。粘着シートは、例えばトルエンや酢酸エチル等の有機溶剤に粘着剤組成物を溶解または分散させて粘着剤液を調製し、これを離型処理が施された剥離フィルム上に粘着剤からなる層をシート状に形成しておき、その粘着剤層上にさらに別の剥離フィルムを貼合する方式等により作製することができる。一方の剥離フィルムを剥離した粘着シートを一方の層に貼合し、次いで他方の剥離フィルムを剥離し、他方の層を貼合する方法により各層を貼合することができる。
The adhesive layer used for the second adhesive layer 104 can be prepared as an adhesive sheet. For the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, a pressure-sensitive adhesive solution is prepared by dissolving or dispersing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in an organic solvent such as toluene or ethyl acetate, and a layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is formed on a release film which has been subjected to a mold release treatment. It can be produced by forming it into a sheet shape and laminating another release film on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Each layer can be bonded by a method in which an adhesive sheet from which one release film has been peeled off is attached to one layer, then the other release film is peeled off, and the other layer is attached.
粘着剤液を剥離フィルム上に塗工する方法としては、ダイコーター、カンマコーター、リバースロールコーター、グラビアコーター、ロッドコーター、ワイヤーバーコーター、ドクターブレードコーター、エアドクターコーターなどを用いた通常のコーティング技術を採用すればよい。
As a method of applying the adhesive liquid on the release film, a usual coating technique using a die coater, a comma coater, a reverse roll coater, a gravure coater, a rod coater, a wire bar coater, a doctor blade coater, an air doctor coater, etc. Should be adopted.
剥離フィルムは、プラスチックフィルムと剥離層とから構成されることが好ましい。プラスチックフィルムとしては、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、ポリブチレンテレフタレートフィルム、およびポリエチレンナフタレートフィルム等のポリエステルフィルムや、ポリプロピレンフィルムなどのポリオレフィンフィルムが挙げられる。また、剥離層は、例えば剥離層形成用組成物から形成することができる。剥離層形成用組成物を構成する主な成分(樹脂)としては、特に限定されるものではないが、シリコーン樹脂、アルキド樹脂、アクリル樹脂、および長鎖アルキル樹脂等が挙げられる。
The release film is preferably composed of a plastic film and a release layer. Examples of the plastic film include polyester films such as polyethylene terephthalate film, polybutylene terephthalate film, and polyethylene naphthalate film, and polyolefin films such as polypropylene film. Further, the release layer can be formed from, for example, a composition for forming a release layer. The main component (resin) constituting the release layer forming composition is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a silicone resin, an alkyd resin, an acrylic resin, and a long-chain alkyl resin.
<画像表示装置>
本発明の積層体は画像表示装置に用いることができる。画像表示装置とは、画像表示パネルを有する装置であり、発光源として発光素子または発光装置を含む。画像表示装置としては、例えば液晶表示装置、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、無機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、タッチパネル表示装置等が挙げられる。積層体は、画像表示パネルの視認側に配置されることができる。積層体は貼合層を介して画像表示装置上に積層することができる。 <Image display device>
The laminate of the present invention can be used in an image display device. The image display device is a device having an image display panel, and includes a light emitting element or a light emitting device as a light emitting source. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display device, a touch panel display device, and the like. The laminate can be arranged on the visual side of the image display panel. The laminated body can be laminated on the image display device via the bonding layer.
本発明の積層体は画像表示装置に用いることができる。画像表示装置とは、画像表示パネルを有する装置であり、発光源として発光素子または発光装置を含む。画像表示装置としては、例えば液晶表示装置、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、無機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、タッチパネル表示装置等が挙げられる。積層体は、画像表示パネルの視認側に配置されることができる。積層体は貼合層を介して画像表示装置上に積層することができる。 <Image display device>
The laminate of the present invention can be used in an image display device. The image display device is a device having an image display panel, and includes a light emitting element or a light emitting device as a light emitting source. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, an inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display device, a touch panel display device, and the like. The laminate can be arranged on the visual side of the image display panel. The laminated body can be laminated on the image display device via the bonding layer.
<フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体>
積層体1は、積層体1の視認側に後述する前面板と、積層体1の前面板側又は反対側に後述するタッチパネルとを備えるフレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体であることができる。フレキシブル画像表示装置は、フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体と、有機EL表示パネルとからなり、有機EL表示パネルに対して視認側にフレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体が配置され、折り曲げ可能に構成されている。フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体としては、積層体1と、前面板及びタッチパネルのいずれか一方又は両方を含んでいてもよく、それらの積層順は任意であるが、視認側から前面板(ウインドウ)、積層体1、タッチパネル、又は前面板、タッチパネル、積層体1の順に積層されていることが好ましい。タッチパネルの視認側に積層体1が存在すると、タッチパネルのパターンが視認されにくくなり表示画像の視認性が良くなるので好ましい。それぞれの部材は接着剤又は粘着剤等を用いて積層することができる。また、前面板、積層体1及びタッチパネルのいずれかの層の少なくとも一面に形成された遮光パターンを具備することができる。 <Laminate for flexible image display device>
The laminated body 1 can be a laminated body for a flexible image display device including a front plate described later on the visual recognition side of the laminated body 1 and a touch panel described later on the front plate side or the opposite side of the laminated body 1. The flexible image display device is composed of a laminate for a flexible image display device and an organic EL display panel, and the laminate for the flexible image display device is arranged on the visual side with respect to the organic EL display panel and is configured to be bendable. There is. The laminated body for the flexible image display device may include the laminated body 1 and one or both of the front plate and the touch panel, and the stacking order thereof is arbitrary, but the front plate (window) is viewed from the visual side. , The laminated body 1, the touch panel, or the front plate, the touch panel, and the laminated body 1 are preferably laminated in this order. When the laminated body 1 is present on the visual recognition side of the touch panel, the pattern of the touch panel is difficult to be visually recognized and the visibility of the displayed image is improved, which is preferable. Each member can be laminated using an adhesive, an adhesive, or the like. Further, it can be provided with a light-shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any layer of the front plate, the laminated body 1, and the touch panel.
積層体1は、積層体1の視認側に後述する前面板と、積層体1の前面板側又は反対側に後述するタッチパネルとを備えるフレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体であることができる。フレキシブル画像表示装置は、フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体と、有機EL表示パネルとからなり、有機EL表示パネルに対して視認側にフレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体が配置され、折り曲げ可能に構成されている。フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体としては、積層体1と、前面板及びタッチパネルのいずれか一方又は両方を含んでいてもよく、それらの積層順は任意であるが、視認側から前面板(ウインドウ)、積層体1、タッチパネル、又は前面板、タッチパネル、積層体1の順に積層されていることが好ましい。タッチパネルの視認側に積層体1が存在すると、タッチパネルのパターンが視認されにくくなり表示画像の視認性が良くなるので好ましい。それぞれの部材は接着剤又は粘着剤等を用いて積層することができる。また、前面板、積層体1及びタッチパネルのいずれかの層の少なくとも一面に形成された遮光パターンを具備することができる。 <Laminate for flexible image display device>
The laminated body 1 can be a laminated body for a flexible image display device including a front plate described later on the visual recognition side of the laminated body 1 and a touch panel described later on the front plate side or the opposite side of the laminated body 1. The flexible image display device is composed of a laminate for a flexible image display device and an organic EL display panel, and the laminate for the flexible image display device is arranged on the visual side with respect to the organic EL display panel and is configured to be bendable. There is. The laminated body for the flexible image display device may include the laminated body 1 and one or both of the front plate and the touch panel, and the stacking order thereof is arbitrary, but the front plate (window) is viewed from the visual side. , The laminated body 1, the touch panel, or the front plate, the touch panel, and the laminated body 1 are preferably laminated in this order. When the laminated body 1 is present on the visual recognition side of the touch panel, the pattern of the touch panel is difficult to be visually recognized and the visibility of the displayed image is improved, which is preferable. Each member can be laminated using an adhesive, an adhesive, or the like. Further, it can be provided with a light-shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any layer of the front plate, the laminated body 1, and the touch panel.
[前面板]
積層体1の視認側には、前面板を配置してもよい。前面板は、接着層を介して積層体1に積層することができる。接着層としては、例えば前述の粘着剤層や接着剤層が挙げられる。 [Front plate]
A front plate may be arranged on the visible side of the laminated body 1. The front plate can be laminated on the laminated body 1 via the adhesive layer. Examples of the adhesive layer include the above-mentioned adhesive layer and adhesive layer.
積層体1の視認側には、前面板を配置してもよい。前面板は、接着層を介して積層体1に積層することができる。接着層としては、例えば前述の粘着剤層や接着剤層が挙げられる。 [Front plate]
A front plate may be arranged on the visible side of the laminated body 1. The front plate can be laminated on the laminated body 1 via the adhesive layer. Examples of the adhesive layer include the above-mentioned adhesive layer and adhesive layer.
前面板としては、ガラス、樹脂フィルムの少なくとも一面にハードコート層を含んでなるものなどが挙げられる。ガラスとしては、例えば、高透過ガラスや、強化ガラスを用いることができる。特に薄い透明面材を使用する場合には、化学強化を施したガラスが好ましい。ガラスの厚みは、例えば20μm以上5mm以下とすることができる。
Examples of the front plate include those having a hard coat layer on at least one surface of glass or a resin film. As the glass, for example, highly transparent glass or tempered glass can be used. Particularly when a thin transparent surface material is used, chemically strengthened glass is preferable. The thickness of the glass can be, for example, 20 μm or more and 5 mm or less.
樹脂フィルムの少なくとも一面にハードコート層を含んでなる前面板は、既存のガラスのように硬直ではなく、フレキシブルな特性を有することができる。ハードコート層の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば5μm以上100μm以下であってもよい。
The front plate including the hard coat layer on at least one surface of the resin film can have flexible characteristics instead of being rigid like existing glass. The thickness of the hard coat layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5 μm or more and 100 μm or less.
樹脂フィルムとしては、ノルボルネン又は多環ノルボルネン系単量体のようなシクロオレフィンを含む単量体の単位を有するシクロオレフィン系誘導体、セルロース(ジアセチルセルロース、トリアセチルセルロース、アセチルセルロースブチレート、イソブチルエステルセルロース、プロピオニルセルロース、ブチリルセルロース、アセチルプロピオニルセルロース)エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリシクロオレフィン、ポリエステル、ポリスチレン、ポリアミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリアクリル、ポリイミド、ポリアミドイミド、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリスルホン、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリメチルペンテン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルアセタール、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリエーテルスルン、ポリメチルメタアクリレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリウレタン、エポキシ等の高分子で形成されたフィルムであってもよい。樹脂フィルムは、未延伸、1軸又は2軸延伸フィルムを使用することができる。これらの高分子はそれぞれ単独又は2種以上混合して使用することができる。樹脂フィルムとしては、透明性及び耐熱性に優れたポリアミドイミドフィルム又はポリイミドフィルム、1軸又は2軸延伸ポリエステルフィルム、透明性及び耐熱性に優れるとともに、フィルムの大型化に対応できるシクロオレフィン系誘導体フィルム、ポリメチルメタクリレートフィルム及び透明性と光学的に異方性のないトリアセチルセルロース及びイソブチルエステルセルロースフィルムが好ましい。樹脂フィルムの厚さは5μm以上200μm以下、好ましくは、20μm以上100μm以下であってもよい。
The resin film includes a cycloolefin derivative having a unit of a monomer containing a cycloolefin such as norbornene or a polycyclic norbornene-based monomer, and cellulose (diacetylcellulose, triacetylcellulose, acetylcellulosebutyrate, isobutylester cellulose). , Propionyl cellulose, butyryl cellulose, acetylpropionyl cellulose) ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polycycloolefin, polyester, polystyrene, polyamide, polyetherimide, polyacrylic, polyimide, polyamideimide, polyethersulfone, polysulfone, polyethylene, Polypropylene, Polymethylpentene, Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyvinylidene Chloride, Polyvinyl Alcohol, Polyvinylacetal, Polyetherketone, Polyetheretherketone, Polyethersulne, Polymethylmethacrylate, Polyethyleneterephthalate, Polybutyleneterephthalate, Polyethylenenaphthalate, Polycarbonate , Polyurethane, epoxy and other polymers may be used. As the resin film, an unstretched uniaxial or biaxially stretched film can be used. Each of these polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the resin film, a polyamideimide film or a polyimide film having excellent transparency and heat resistance, a uniaxial or biaxially stretched polyester film, a cycloolefin derivative film having excellent transparency and heat resistance and being able to cope with an increase in the size of the film. , Polymethylmethacrylate films and triacetylcellulose and isobutylester cellulose films that are transparent and optically non-anisotropic are preferred. The thickness of the resin film may be 5 μm or more and 200 μm or less, preferably 20 μm or more and 100 μm or less.
[遮光パターン]
遮光パターン(ベゼル)は、前面板における表示素子側に形成することができる。遮光パターンは、表示装置の各配線を隠し使用者に視認されないようにすることができる。遮光パターンの色及び/又は材質は特に制限されることはなく、黒色、白色、金色等の多様な色を有する樹脂物質で形成することができる。一実施形態において、遮光パターンの厚みは2μm以上50μm以下であってもよく、好ましくは4μm以上30μm以下であってもよく、より好ましくは6μm以上15μm以下の範囲であってもよい。また、遮光パターンと表示部の間の段差による気泡混入及び境界部の視認を抑制するために、遮光パターンに形状を付与することができる。 [Shading pattern]
The light-shielding pattern (bezel) can be formed on the display element side of the front plate. The shading pattern can hide each wiring of the display device so that it cannot be seen by the user. The color and / or material of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and can be formed of a resin substance having various colors such as black, white, and gold. In one embodiment, the thickness of the light-shielding pattern may be 2 μm or more and 50 μm or less, preferably 4 μm or more and 30 μm or less, and more preferably 6 μm or more and 15 μm or less. Further, in order to suppress the mixing of air bubbles due to the step between the light-shielding pattern and the display unit and the visibility of the boundary portion, the light-shielding pattern can be given a shape.
遮光パターン(ベゼル)は、前面板における表示素子側に形成することができる。遮光パターンは、表示装置の各配線を隠し使用者に視認されないようにすることができる。遮光パターンの色及び/又は材質は特に制限されることはなく、黒色、白色、金色等の多様な色を有する樹脂物質で形成することができる。一実施形態において、遮光パターンの厚みは2μm以上50μm以下であってもよく、好ましくは4μm以上30μm以下であってもよく、より好ましくは6μm以上15μm以下の範囲であってもよい。また、遮光パターンと表示部の間の段差による気泡混入及び境界部の視認を抑制するために、遮光パターンに形状を付与することができる。 [Shading pattern]
The light-shielding pattern (bezel) can be formed on the display element side of the front plate. The shading pattern can hide each wiring of the display device so that it cannot be seen by the user. The color and / or material of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and can be formed of a resin substance having various colors such as black, white, and gold. In one embodiment, the thickness of the light-shielding pattern may be 2 μm or more and 50 μm or less, preferably 4 μm or more and 30 μm or less, and more preferably 6 μm or more and 15 μm or less. Further, in order to suppress the mixing of air bubbles due to the step between the light-shielding pattern and the display unit and the visibility of the boundary portion, the light-shielding pattern can be given a shape.
[タッチパネル]
タッチパネルは入力手段として用いられる。タッチパネルが有するタッチセンサとしては、抵抗膜方式、表面弾性波方式、赤外線方式、電磁誘導方式、静電容量方式等様々な様式が提案されており、いずれの方式でも構わない。中でも静電容量方式が好ましい。静電容量方式タッチセンサの活性領域及び前記活性領域の外郭部に位置する非活性領域に区分される。活性領域は表示パネルで画面が表示される領域(表示部)に対応する領域であって、使用者のタッチが感知される領域であり、非活性領域は表示装置で画面が表示されない領域(非表示部)に対応する領域である。タッチパネルはフレキシブルな特性を有する基板と;前記基板の活性領域に形成された感知パターンと;前記基板の非活性領域に形成され、前記感知パターンとパッド部を介して外部の駆動回路と接続するための各センシングラインを含むことができる。フレキシブルな特性を有する基板としては、前面板の透明基板と同様の材料が使用できる。 [Touch panel]
The touch panel is used as an input means. As the touch sensor of the touch panel, various types such as a resistance film method, a surface acoustic wave method, an infrared ray method, an electromagnetic induction method, and a capacitance method have been proposed, and any method may be used. Of these, the capacitance method is preferable. It is divided into an active region of the capacitive touch sensor and an inactive region located in the outer portion of the active region. The active area is an area corresponding to the area where the screen is displayed on the display panel (display unit), the area where the user's touch is sensed, and the inactive area is the area where the screen is not displayed on the display device (non-active area). This is the area corresponding to the display unit). The touch panel has a substrate having flexible characteristics; a sensing pattern formed in an active region of the substrate; and a sensing pattern formed in an inactive region of the substrate to connect to an external drive circuit via the sensing pattern and a pad portion. Each sensing line of can be included. As the substrate having flexible characteristics, the same material as the transparent substrate of the front plate can be used.
タッチパネルは入力手段として用いられる。タッチパネルが有するタッチセンサとしては、抵抗膜方式、表面弾性波方式、赤外線方式、電磁誘導方式、静電容量方式等様々な様式が提案されており、いずれの方式でも構わない。中でも静電容量方式が好ましい。静電容量方式タッチセンサの活性領域及び前記活性領域の外郭部に位置する非活性領域に区分される。活性領域は表示パネルで画面が表示される領域(表示部)に対応する領域であって、使用者のタッチが感知される領域であり、非活性領域は表示装置で画面が表示されない領域(非表示部)に対応する領域である。タッチパネルはフレキシブルな特性を有する基板と;前記基板の活性領域に形成された感知パターンと;前記基板の非活性領域に形成され、前記感知パターンとパッド部を介して外部の駆動回路と接続するための各センシングラインを含むことができる。フレキシブルな特性を有する基板としては、前面板の透明基板と同様の材料が使用できる。 [Touch panel]
The touch panel is used as an input means. As the touch sensor of the touch panel, various types such as a resistance film method, a surface acoustic wave method, an infrared ray method, an electromagnetic induction method, and a capacitance method have been proposed, and any method may be used. Of these, the capacitance method is preferable. It is divided into an active region of the capacitive touch sensor and an inactive region located in the outer portion of the active region. The active area is an area corresponding to the area where the screen is displayed on the display panel (display unit), the area where the user's touch is sensed, and the inactive area is the area where the screen is not displayed on the display device (non-active area). This is the area corresponding to the display unit). The touch panel has a substrate having flexible characteristics; a sensing pattern formed in an active region of the substrate; and a sensing pattern formed in an inactive region of the substrate to connect to an external drive circuit via the sensing pattern and a pad portion. Each sensing line of can be included. As the substrate having flexible characteristics, the same material as the transparent substrate of the front plate can be used.
フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体の層構成について図7を参照しながら説明する。図7に示すフレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体6は、積層体120と、積層体120の視認側に粘着剤層122を介して前面板121と、積層体120の視認側とは反対側に粘着剤層115を介してタッチパネル123とを備える。積層体120は、ハードコート層100と、偏光子保護層101と、第1接着剤層102と、偏光子103と、第2接着剤層104と、第1液晶硬化位相差層111と、第3接着剤層112と、第2液晶硬化位相差層113と、粘着剤層115とを備える。
The layer structure of the laminated body for the flexible image display device will be described with reference to FIG. 7. The laminated body 6 for a flexible image display device shown in FIG. 7 adheres to the laminated body 120, the front plate 121 on the visible side of the laminated body 120 via the adhesive layer 122, and the laminated body 120 on the side opposite to the visible side. A touch panel 123 is provided via the agent layer 115. The laminate 120 includes a hard coat layer 100, a polarizing element protective layer 101, a first adhesive layer 102, a polarizing element 103, a second adhesive layer 104, a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer 111, and a first layer. 3 The adhesive layer 112, the second liquid crystal curing retardation layer 113, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 115 are provided.
以下、実施例により本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。例中の「%」及び「部」は、特記のない限り、質量%及び質量部である。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples. Unless otherwise specified, "%" and "part" in the example are mass% and parts by mass.
[鉛筆硬度の測定]
JIS K 5600-5-4:1999「塗料一般試験方法-第5部:塗膜の機械的性質-第4節:引っかき硬度(鉛筆法)」に規定される鉛筆硬度試験に従い、ハードコート層を有する偏光子保護層のハードコート層側を上にてガラス板上に置いて測定した。なお鉛筆硬度5Bは鉛筆硬度3Bより柔らかく、鉛筆硬度2Bは鉛筆硬度3Bより硬い。 [Measurement of pencil hardness]
JIS K 5600-5-4: 1999 "General paint test method-Part 5: Mechanical properties of coating film-Section 4: Scratch hardness (pencil method)" According to the pencil hardness test, the hard coat layer was applied. The hard coat layer side of the polarizing element protective layer having the metallizer was placed on a glass plate and measured. The pencil hardness 5B is softer than the pencil hardness 3B, and the pencil hardness 2B is harder than the pencil hardness 3B.
JIS K 5600-5-4:1999「塗料一般試験方法-第5部:塗膜の機械的性質-第4節:引っかき硬度(鉛筆法)」に規定される鉛筆硬度試験に従い、ハードコート層を有する偏光子保護層のハードコート層側を上にてガラス板上に置いて測定した。なお鉛筆硬度5Bは鉛筆硬度3Bより柔らかく、鉛筆硬度2Bは鉛筆硬度3Bより硬い。 [Measurement of pencil hardness]
JIS K 5600-5-4: 1999 "General paint test method-Part 5: Mechanical properties of coating film-Section 4: Scratch hardness (pencil method)" According to the pencil hardness test, the hard coat layer was applied. The hard coat layer side of the polarizing element protective layer having the metallizer was placed on a glass plate and measured. The pencil hardness 5B is softer than the pencil hardness 3B, and the pencil hardness 2B is harder than the pencil hardness 3B.
[押圧ロールの硬度]
JIS K 6253に規定されるタイプAデュロメータ硬さ試験機(アスカ社製のゴム硬度計「Type-A」)を用いて、温度23℃、相対湿度50%での硬度〔°〕を測定した。 [Hardness of pressing roll]
The hardness [°] was measured at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50% using a type A durometer hardness tester (rubber hardness tester “Type-A” manufactured by Asuka Co., Ltd.) specified in JIS K 6253.
JIS K 6253に規定されるタイプAデュロメータ硬さ試験機(アスカ社製のゴム硬度計「Type-A」)を用いて、温度23℃、相対湿度50%での硬度〔°〕を測定した。 [Hardness of pressing roll]
The hardness [°] was measured at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50% using a type A durometer hardness tester (rubber hardness tester “Type-A” manufactured by Asuka Co., Ltd.) specified in JIS K 6253.
[層の厚み]
液晶硬化層については接触式膜厚測定装置(株式会社ニコン製「MS-5C」)を用いて測定した。 [Layer thickness]
The liquid crystal cured layer was measured using a contact type film thickness measuring device (“MS-5C” manufactured by Nikon Corporation).
液晶硬化層については接触式膜厚測定装置(株式会社ニコン製「MS-5C」)を用いて測定した。 [Layer thickness]
The liquid crystal cured layer was measured using a contact type film thickness measuring device (“MS-5C” manufactured by Nikon Corporation).
〔実施例1〕
(原料積層体の作製)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムにヨウ素が吸着配向した、直線偏光子(厚み8μm)を準備した。この直線偏光子の一方の面に、水系接着剤である第1接着剤層を介して、鉛筆硬度が5Bのハードコート(HC)層が形成された環状オレフィン系樹脂(COP)フィルム(厚み25μm)(以下、「HC(A)-COPフィルム」ということがある。)のCOPフィルム側(HC層側とは反対側)を貼合した。直線偏光子の他方の面に、水系接着剤を介して、偏光子保護層としてのトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)フィルム(厚み20μm)を貼合した。これにより、直線偏光板を得た。直線偏光板は、HC(A)-COPフィルム(HC層、COPフィルム)、直線偏光子及びTACフィルムがこの順に積層されたものであった。HC(A)-COPフィルムは、410nm吸光度が0.9の透過特性を有するものであった。 [Example 1]
(Preparation of raw material laminate)
A linear splitter (thickness 8 μm) having iodine adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared. A cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 μm) having a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 5B formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (A) -COP film"), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded. A triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (thickness 20 μm) as a substituent protective layer was bonded to the other surface of the linear polarizing element via a water-based adhesive. As a result, a linear polarizing plate was obtained. The linear polarizing plate was obtained by laminating an HC (A) -COP film (HC layer, COP film), a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film in this order. The HC (A) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.9.
(原料積層体の作製)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムにヨウ素が吸着配向した、直線偏光子(厚み8μm)を準備した。この直線偏光子の一方の面に、水系接着剤である第1接着剤層を介して、鉛筆硬度が5Bのハードコート(HC)層が形成された環状オレフィン系樹脂(COP)フィルム(厚み25μm)(以下、「HC(A)-COPフィルム」ということがある。)のCOPフィルム側(HC層側とは反対側)を貼合した。直線偏光子の他方の面に、水系接着剤を介して、偏光子保護層としてのトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)フィルム(厚み20μm)を貼合した。これにより、直線偏光板を得た。直線偏光板は、HC(A)-COPフィルム(HC層、COPフィルム)、直線偏光子及びTACフィルムがこの順に積層されたものであった。HC(A)-COPフィルムは、410nm吸光度が0.9の透過特性を有するものであった。 [Example 1]
(Preparation of raw material laminate)
A linear splitter (thickness 8 μm) having iodine adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared. A cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 μm) having a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 5B formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (A) -COP film"), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded. A triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (thickness 20 μm) as a substituent protective layer was bonded to the other surface of the linear polarizing element via a water-based adhesive. As a result, a linear polarizing plate was obtained. The linear polarizing plate was obtained by laminating an HC (A) -COP film (HC layer, COP film), a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film in this order. The HC (A) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.9.
次に、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む液晶硬化層であるλ/4板(厚み2μm)、紫外線硬化性接着剤の硬化物からなる第3接着剤層(厚み2μm)、及び重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む液晶硬化層であるポジティブCプレート(厚み3μm)がこの順に積層された位相差層を準備した。直線偏光板のTACフィルムと、位相差層のλ/4板とを、粘着剤層である第2接着剤層(厚み15μm)によって貼合した。続いて、剥離フィルム(厚み38μm)上にアクリル系粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層(厚み25μm)を形成した剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層を準備した。直線偏光板に貼合された位相差層のポジティブCプレート側に、剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層の粘着剤層を貼合し、長辺の長さが100mm、短辺の長さが100mmの長方形に裁断して原料積層体を得た。原料積層体は、直線偏光板(HC(A)-COPフィルム、第1接着剤層、直線偏光子、及びTACフィルム)、粘着剤層である第2接着剤層、位相差層(λ/4板、第3接着剤層、ポジティブCプレート)、及び剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層(粘着剤層、剥離フィルム)がこの順に積層されたものであった。原料積層体における、直線偏光板(HC(A)-COPフィルム、直線偏光子、TACフィルム)から、剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層(粘着剤層、剥離フィルム)までの積層部分の厚みは138μmであった。
Next, a λ / 4 plate (thickness 2 μm) which is a liquid crystal curing layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a third adhesive layer (thickness 2 μm) made of a cured product of an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and a polymerizable liquid crystal. A retardation layer in which positive C plates (thickness 3 μm), which are liquid crystal cured layers containing a cured product of the compound, were laminated in this order was prepared. The TAC film of the linear polarizing plate and the λ / 4 plate of the retardation layer were bonded by a second adhesive layer (thickness 15 μm) which was an adhesive layer. Subsequently, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film was prepared by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 25 μm) formed on a release film (thickness 38 μm) using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film is bonded to the positive C plate side of the retardation layer bonded to the linear polarizing plate, and a rectangle having a long side length of 100 mm and a short side length of 100 mm is bonded. The raw material laminate was obtained by cutting into. The raw material laminate includes a linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, a first adhesive layer, a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film), a second adhesive layer which is an adhesive layer, and a retardation layer (λ / 4). A plate, a third adhesive layer, a positive C plate), and an adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) were laminated in this order. The thickness of the laminated portion of the raw material laminate from the linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, linear splitter, TAC film) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) was 138 μm. rice field.
(原料積層体のカール量の測定)
図8を参照しながら、原料積層体のカール量の測定方法について説明する。原料積層体を炉内温度80℃に設定したオーブン中に放置し、カール量が実施例及び比較例において同程度になるように調整した。原料積層体7を凹側の面を上にして基準面8(水平な台)
上に置いた。この状態で原料積層体7の4つの角a、b、c、dのそれぞれについて基準面8からの高さを測定し、それら4つの高さの平均としてカール量〔mm〕を求めた。原料積層体7のHC(A)-COPフィルム側が凹となっている状態が正カールを有している状態であり、原料積層体7のHC(A)-COPフィルム側が凸となっている状態が逆カールを有している状態である。表1において、カール量の値が正の値である場合は正カールであることを示し、負の値である場合は逆カールであることを示す。カールは直線偏光子の吸収軸方向(図8中、矢印A方向)に平行な端部に生じていた。結果を表1に示す。 (Measurement of curl amount of raw material laminate)
A method of measuring the curl amount of the raw material laminate will be described with reference to FIG. The raw material laminate was left in an oven set to a furnace temperature of 80 ° C., and the curl amount was adjusted to be about the same in Examples and Comparative Examples. Reference surface 8 (horizontal table) with theraw material laminate 7 facing up on the concave side.
I put it on. In this state, the heights from the reference plane 8 were measured for each of the four angles a, b, c, and d of theraw material laminate 7, and the curl amount [mm] was obtained as the average of the four heights. The state in which the HC (A) -COP film side of the raw material laminate 7 is concave has a positive curl, and the state in which the HC (A) -COP film side of the raw material laminate 7 is convex. Is in a state of having a reverse curl. In Table 1, when the value of the curl amount is a positive value, it indicates that it is a positive curl, and when it is a negative value, it indicates that it is a reverse curl. The curl was generated at the end parallel to the absorption axis direction (in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 8) of the linear polarizing element. The results are shown in Table 1.
図8を参照しながら、原料積層体のカール量の測定方法について説明する。原料積層体を炉内温度80℃に設定したオーブン中に放置し、カール量が実施例及び比較例において同程度になるように調整した。原料積層体7を凹側の面を上にして基準面8(水平な台)
上に置いた。この状態で原料積層体7の4つの角a、b、c、dのそれぞれについて基準面8からの高さを測定し、それら4つの高さの平均としてカール量〔mm〕を求めた。原料積層体7のHC(A)-COPフィルム側が凹となっている状態が正カールを有している状態であり、原料積層体7のHC(A)-COPフィルム側が凸となっている状態が逆カールを有している状態である。表1において、カール量の値が正の値である場合は正カールであることを示し、負の値である場合は逆カールであることを示す。カールは直線偏光子の吸収軸方向(図8中、矢印A方向)に平行な端部に生じていた。結果を表1に示す。 (Measurement of curl amount of raw material laminate)
A method of measuring the curl amount of the raw material laminate will be described with reference to FIG. The raw material laminate was left in an oven set to a furnace temperature of 80 ° C., and the curl amount was adjusted to be about the same in Examples and Comparative Examples. Reference surface 8 (horizontal table) with the
I put it on. In this state, the heights from the reference plane 8 were measured for each of the four angles a, b, c, and d of the
(表面保護フィルム付き積層体の作製)
上記のようにカール量を測定した後の原料積層体のHC(A)-COPフィルム側のHC表面に、ポリエステル系樹脂フィルム(厚み38μm)上にアクリル系粘着剤層(厚み15μm)を形成した表面保護フィルム(厚み53μm)のアクリル系粘着剤層側を貼合し、一対の押圧ロール間に挿入し、押圧ロールを通過させた。これにより、表面保護フィルム付き積層体を得た。一対の押圧ロールはNBR(ニトリルゴム)からなるもの〔硬度70°、ロール径70mm〕を用いた。また、押圧ロールによって表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体に与えられる圧力(ニップ圧)は、0.8MPaであった。このとき、原料積層体の吸収軸方向における貼合前張力は80N/mであり、表面保護フィルムの貼合前張力は0N/mから10N/mであった。また貼合後の張力については0N/mから10N/mになるよう調整した。 (Preparation of laminate with surface protection film)
An acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 15 μm) was formed on a polyester-based resin film (thickness 38 μm) on the HC surface on the HC (A) -COP film side of the raw material laminate after the curl amount was measured as described above. The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side of the surface protective film (thickness 53 μm) was bonded, inserted between the pair of pressing rolls, and passed through the pressing rolls. As a result, a laminate with a surface protective film was obtained. As the pair of pressing rolls, one made of NBR (nitrile rubber) [hardness 70 °, roll diameter 70 mm] was used. Further, the pressure (nip pressure) applied to the laminate to which the surface protective film was attached by the pressing roll was 0.8 MPa. At this time, the pre-bonding tension of the raw material laminate in the absorption axis direction was 80 N / m, and the pre-bonding tension of the surface protective film was 0 N / m to 10 N / m. The tension after bonding was adjusted from 0 N / m to 10 N / m.
上記のようにカール量を測定した後の原料積層体のHC(A)-COPフィルム側のHC表面に、ポリエステル系樹脂フィルム(厚み38μm)上にアクリル系粘着剤層(厚み15μm)を形成した表面保護フィルム(厚み53μm)のアクリル系粘着剤層側を貼合し、一対の押圧ロール間に挿入し、押圧ロールを通過させた。これにより、表面保護フィルム付き積層体を得た。一対の押圧ロールはNBR(ニトリルゴム)からなるもの〔硬度70°、ロール径70mm〕を用いた。また、押圧ロールによって表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体に与えられる圧力(ニップ圧)は、0.8MPaであった。このとき、原料積層体の吸収軸方向における貼合前張力は80N/mであり、表面保護フィルムの貼合前張力は0N/mから10N/mであった。また貼合後の張力については0N/mから10N/mになるよう調整した。 (Preparation of laminate with surface protection film)
An acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (
(表面保護フィルム付き積層体のカール量の測定)
得られた表面保護フィルム付き積層体について、以下の方法に従ってカール量を測定した。表面保護フィルム付き積層体を凹側の面を上にして基準面(水平な台)上に置いた。原料積層体のカール量の測定と同様に、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の4つの角のそれぞれについて基準面からの高さを測定し、それら4つの高さの平均としてカール量〔mm〕を求めた。表面保護フィルム付き積層体の表面保護フィルム側が凹となっている状態が正カールを有している状態であり、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の表面保護フィルム側が凸となっている状態が逆カールを有している状態である。表1において、カール量の値が正の値である場合は正カールであることを示し、負の値である場合は逆カールであることを示す。結果を表1に示す。カールは直線偏光子の吸収軸方向に平行な端部に生じていた。 (Measurement of curl amount of laminate with surface protection film)
The curl amount of the obtained laminate with the surface protective film was measured according to the following method. The laminate with the surface protective film was placed on a reference surface (horizontal table) with the concave side facing up. Similar to the measurement of the curl amount of the raw material laminate, the height from the reference plane is measured for each of the four corners of the laminate with the surface protective film, and the curl amount [mm] is obtained as the average of the four heights. rice field. The state where the surface protective film side of the laminate with the surface protective film is concave has a positive curl, and the state where the surface protective film side of the laminate with the surface protective film is convex is a reverse curl. It is in a state of having. In Table 1, when the value of the curl amount is a positive value, it indicates that it is a positive curl, and when it is a negative value, it indicates that it is a reverse curl. The results are shown in Table 1. The curl occurred at the end parallel to the absorption axis of the linear transducer.
得られた表面保護フィルム付き積層体について、以下の方法に従ってカール量を測定した。表面保護フィルム付き積層体を凹側の面を上にして基準面(水平な台)上に置いた。原料積層体のカール量の測定と同様に、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の4つの角のそれぞれについて基準面からの高さを測定し、それら4つの高さの平均としてカール量〔mm〕を求めた。表面保護フィルム付き積層体の表面保護フィルム側が凹となっている状態が正カールを有している状態であり、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の表面保護フィルム側が凸となっている状態が逆カールを有している状態である。表1において、カール量の値が正の値である場合は正カールであることを示し、負の値である場合は逆カールであることを示す。結果を表1に示す。カールは直線偏光子の吸収軸方向に平行な端部に生じていた。 (Measurement of curl amount of laminate with surface protection film)
The curl amount of the obtained laminate with the surface protective film was measured according to the following method. The laminate with the surface protective film was placed on a reference surface (horizontal table) with the concave side facing up. Similar to the measurement of the curl amount of the raw material laminate, the height from the reference plane is measured for each of the four corners of the laminate with the surface protective film, and the curl amount [mm] is obtained as the average of the four heights. rice field. The state where the surface protective film side of the laminate with the surface protective film is concave has a positive curl, and the state where the surface protective film side of the laminate with the surface protective film is convex is a reverse curl. It is in a state of having. In Table 1, when the value of the curl amount is a positive value, it indicates that it is a positive curl, and when it is a negative value, it indicates that it is a reverse curl. The results are shown in Table 1. The curl occurred at the end parallel to the absorption axis of the linear transducer.
〔実施例2〕
(原料積層体の作製)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムにヨウ素が吸着配向した直線偏光子(厚み8μm)を準備した。この直線偏光子の一方の面に、水系接着剤である第1接着剤層を介して、鉛筆硬度が5Bのハードコート(HC)層が形成された環状オレフィン系樹脂(COP)フィルム(厚み25μm)(以下、「HC(A)-COPフィルム」ということがある。)のCOPフィルム側(HC層側とは反対側)を貼合した。これにより、直線偏光板を得た。この直線偏光板は、HC(A)-COPフィルム(HC層、COPフィルム)、直線偏光層がこの順に積層されたものであった。HC(A)-COPフィルムは、410nm吸光度が0.9の透過特性を有するものであった。 [Example 2]
(Preparation of raw material laminate)
A linear splitter (thickness 8 μm) in which iodine was adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared. A cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 μm) having a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 5B formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (A) -COP film"), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded. As a result, a linear polarizing plate was obtained. In this linear polarizing plate, an HC (A) -COP film (HC layer, COP film) and a linear polarizing layer were laminated in this order. The HC (A) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.9.
(原料積層体の作製)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムにヨウ素が吸着配向した直線偏光子(厚み8μm)を準備した。この直線偏光子の一方の面に、水系接着剤である第1接着剤層を介して、鉛筆硬度が5Bのハードコート(HC)層が形成された環状オレフィン系樹脂(COP)フィルム(厚み25μm)(以下、「HC(A)-COPフィルム」ということがある。)のCOPフィルム側(HC層側とは反対側)を貼合した。これにより、直線偏光板を得た。この直線偏光板は、HC(A)-COPフィルム(HC層、COPフィルム)、直線偏光層がこの順に積層されたものであった。HC(A)-COPフィルムは、410nm吸光度が0.9の透過特性を有するものであった。 [Example 2]
(Preparation of raw material laminate)
A linear splitter (thickness 8 μm) in which iodine was adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared. A cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 μm) having a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 5B formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (A) -COP film"), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded. As a result, a linear polarizing plate was obtained. In this linear polarizing plate, an HC (A) -COP film (HC layer, COP film) and a linear polarizing layer were laminated in this order. The HC (A) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.9.
次に、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を含む液晶硬化層であるλ/4板(厚み2μm)、紫外線硬化性接着剤の硬化物からなる第3接着剤層(厚み2μm)、及び、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物層であるポジティブCプレート(厚み3μm)がこの順に積層された位相差層を準備した。直線偏光板の直線偏光子と、位相差層のλ/4板とを、粘着剤層である第2接着剤層(厚み5μm)によって貼合した。続いて、剥離フィルム(厚み38μm)上にアクリル系粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層(厚み15μm)を形成した剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層を準備した。直線偏光板に貼合された位相差層のポジティブCプレート側に、剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層の粘着剤層を貼合し、長辺の長さが100mm、短辺の長さが100mmの長方形に裁断して原料積層体を得た。原料積層体は、直線偏光板(HC(A)-COPフィルム、第1接着剤層及び直線偏光子)、粘着剤層である第2接着剤層、位相差層(λ/4板、第3接着剤層、ポジティブCプレート)、及び剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層(粘着剤層、剥離フィルム)がこの順に積層されたものであった。原料積層体における、直線偏光板(HC(A)-COPフィルム、直線偏光子、TACフィルム)から、剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層(粘着剤層、剥離フィルム)までの積層部分の厚みは98μmであった。得られた原料積層体に対し、実施例1と同様にして、原料積層体のカール量の測定を行い、次いで表面保護フィルム付き光学積層体を作製してカール量の測定を行った。結果を表1に示す。
Next, a λ / 4 plate (thickness 2 μm) which is a liquid crystal curing layer containing a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a third adhesive layer (thickness 2 μm) made of a cured product of an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and polymerizable. A retardation layer in which a positive C plate (thickness 3 μm), which is a cured product layer of a liquid crystal compound, was laminated in this order was prepared. The linear polarizing element of the linear polarizing plate and the λ / 4 plate of the retardation layer were bonded by a second adhesive layer (thickness 5 μm) which was an adhesive layer. Subsequently, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film was prepared by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 15 μm) formed on a release film (thickness 38 μm) using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film is bonded to the positive C plate side of the retardation layer bonded to the linear polarizing plate, and a rectangle having a long side length of 100 mm and a short side length of 100 mm is bonded. The raw material laminate was obtained by cutting into. The raw material laminate includes a linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, a first adhesive layer and a linear polarizing element), a second adhesive layer which is an adhesive layer, and a retardation layer (λ / 4 plate, a third plate). The adhesive layer (adhesive layer, positive C plate), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) were laminated in this order. The thickness of the laminated portion of the raw material laminate from the linear polarizing plate (HC (A) -COP film, linear splitter, TAC film) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) is 98 μm. rice field. With respect to the obtained raw material laminate, the curl amount of the raw material laminate was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, and then an optical laminate with a surface protective film was prepared and the curl amount was measured. The results are shown in Table 1.
〔比較例1〕
(原料積層体の作製)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムにヨウ素が吸着配向した、直線偏光子(厚み8μm)を準備した。この直線偏光子の一方の面に、水系接着剤である第1接着剤層を介して、鉛筆硬度が2Bのハードコート(HC)層が形成された環状オレフィン系樹脂(COP)フィルム(厚み25μm)(以下、「HC(B)-COPフィルム」ということがある。)のCOPフィルム側(HC層側とは反対側)を貼合した。直線偏光子の他方の面に、水系接着剤を介して、偏光子保護層としてのトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)フィルム(厚み20μm)を貼合した。これにより、直線偏光板を得た。直線偏光板は、HC(B)-COPフィルム(HC層、COPフィルム)、第1接着剤層、直線偏光子、及びTACフィルムがこの順に積層されたものであった。HC(B)-COPフィルムは、410nm吸光度が0.1の透過特性を有するものであった。 [Comparative Example 1]
(Preparation of raw material laminate)
A linear splitter (thickness 8 μm) having iodine adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared. A cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 μm) in which a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 2B is formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (B) -COP film"), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded. A triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (thickness 20 μm) as a substituent protective layer was bonded to the other surface of the linear polarizing element via a water-based adhesive. As a result, a linear polarizing plate was obtained. The linear polarizing plate was obtained by laminating an HC (B) -COP film (HC layer, COP film), a first adhesive layer, a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film in this order. The HC (B) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.1.
(原料積層体の作製)
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムにヨウ素が吸着配向した、直線偏光子(厚み8μm)を準備した。この直線偏光子の一方の面に、水系接着剤である第1接着剤層を介して、鉛筆硬度が2Bのハードコート(HC)層が形成された環状オレフィン系樹脂(COP)フィルム(厚み25μm)(以下、「HC(B)-COPフィルム」ということがある。)のCOPフィルム側(HC層側とは反対側)を貼合した。直線偏光子の他方の面に、水系接着剤を介して、偏光子保護層としてのトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)フィルム(厚み20μm)を貼合した。これにより、直線偏光板を得た。直線偏光板は、HC(B)-COPフィルム(HC層、COPフィルム)、第1接着剤層、直線偏光子、及びTACフィルムがこの順に積層されたものであった。HC(B)-COPフィルムは、410nm吸光度が0.1の透過特性を有するものであった。 [Comparative Example 1]
(Preparation of raw material laminate)
A linear splitter (thickness 8 μm) having iodine adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film was prepared. A cyclic olefin resin (COP) film (thickness 25 μm) in which a hard coat (HC) layer having a pencil hardness of 2B is formed on one surface of the linear polarizing element via a first adhesive layer which is a water-based adhesive. ) (Hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "HC (B) -COP film"), the COP film side (the side opposite to the HC layer side) was bonded. A triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (thickness 20 μm) as a substituent protective layer was bonded to the other surface of the linear polarizing element via a water-based adhesive. As a result, a linear polarizing plate was obtained. The linear polarizing plate was obtained by laminating an HC (B) -COP film (HC layer, COP film), a first adhesive layer, a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film in this order. The HC (B) -COP film had a transmission property of 410 nm absorbance of 0.1.
次に、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物層であるλ/4板(厚み2μm)、紫外線硬化性接着剤の硬化物からなる第3接着剤層(厚み2μm)、及び、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物層であるポジティブCプレート(厚み3μm)がこの順に積層された位相差層を準備した。表面保護フィルム付き偏光板のTACフィルムと、位相差層のλ/4板とを、粘着剤層である第2接着剤層(厚み15μm)によって貼合した。続いて、剥離フィルム(厚み38μm)上にアクリル系粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層(厚み25μm)を形成した剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層を準備した。直線偏光板に貼合された位相差層のポジティブCプレート側に、剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層の粘着剤層を貼合し、長辺の長さが100mm、短辺の長さが100mmの長方形に裁断して原料積層体を得た。原料積層体は、直線偏光板(HC(B)-COPフィルム、第1接着剤層、直線偏光子、及びTACフィルム)、粘着剤層である第2接着剤層、位相差層(λ/4板、第3接着剤層、ポジティブCプレート)、及び剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層(粘着剤層、剥離フィルム)がこの順に積層されたものであった。原料積層体における、直線偏光板(HC(B)-COPフィルム、直線偏光層、TACフィルム)から、剥離フィルム付き粘着剤層(粘着剤層、剥離フィルム)までの積層部分の厚みは138μmであった。得られた原料積層体に対し、実施例1と同様にして、原料積層体のカール量の測定を行い、次いで表面保護フィルム付き光学積層体を作製してカール量の測定を行った。結果を表1に示す。
Next, a λ / 4 plate (thickness 2 μm) which is a cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a third adhesive layer (thickness 2 μm) made of a cured product of an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and curing of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. A retardation layer in which positive C plates (thickness 3 μm), which are physical layers, were laminated in this order was prepared. The TAC film of the polarizing plate with the surface protection film and the λ / 4 plate of the retardation layer were bonded by a second adhesive layer (thickness 15 μm) which was an adhesive layer. Subsequently, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film was prepared by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 25 μm) formed on a release film (thickness 38 μm) using an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film is bonded to the positive C plate side of the retardation layer bonded to the linear polarizing plate, and a rectangle having a long side length of 100 mm and a short side length of 100 mm is bonded. The raw material laminate was obtained by cutting into. The raw material laminate includes a linear polarizing plate (HC (B) -COP film, a first adhesive layer, a linear polarizing element, and a TAC film), a second adhesive layer which is an adhesive layer, and a retardation layer (λ / 4). A plate, a third adhesive layer, a positive C plate), and an adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) were laminated in this order. The thickness of the laminated portion from the linear polarizing plate (HC (B) -COP film, linear polarizing layer, TAC film) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with a release film (adhesive layer, release film) in the raw material laminate is 138 μm. rice field. With respect to the obtained raw material laminate, the curl amount of the raw material laminate was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, and then an optical laminate with a surface protective film was prepared and the curl amount was measured. The results are shown in Table 1.
1,2,3,4,5,10,120 積層体、6 フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体、7 原料積層体、8 基準面、11 表面保護フィルム、12,13 押圧ロール、14 表面保護フィルム付き積層体、15 ガラス板、16 支持台、100 ハードコート層、101,107 偏光子保護層、102 第1接着剤層、103 偏光子、104
第2接着剤層、105 液晶硬化層、106 第4接着剤層、112 第3接着剤層、111 第1液晶硬化層、113 第2液晶硬化層、114 表面保護フィルム、115
粘着剤層、116 セパレートフィルム、121 前面板、122 粘着剤層、123
タッチパネル 1,2,3,4,5,10,120 laminated body, 6 flexible image display device laminated body, 7 raw material laminated body, 8 reference plane, 11 surface protective film, 12,13 pressing roll, 14 with surface protective film Laminate, 15 glass plate, 16 support, 100 hard coat layer, 101, 107 polarizing element protective layer, 102 first adhesive layer, 103 polarizing element, 104
2nd Adhesive Layer, 105 LCD Curing Layer, 106 4th Adhesive Layer, 112 3rd Adhesive Layer, 111 1st LCD Curing Layer, 113 2nd LCD Curing Layer, 114 Surface Protective Film, 115
Adhesive layer, 116 separate film, 121 front plate, 122 adhesive layer, 123
Touch panel
第2接着剤層、105 液晶硬化層、106 第4接着剤層、112 第3接着剤層、111 第1液晶硬化層、113 第2液晶硬化層、114 表面保護フィルム、115
粘着剤層、116 セパレートフィルム、121 前面板、122 粘着剤層、123
タッチパネル 1,2,3,4,5,10,120 laminated body, 6 flexible image display device laminated body, 7 raw material laminated body, 8 reference plane, 11 surface protective film, 12,13 pressing roll, 14 with surface protective film Laminate, 15 glass plate, 16 support, 100 hard coat layer, 101, 107 polarizing element protective layer, 102 first adhesive layer, 103 polarizing element, 104
2nd Adhesive Layer, 105 LCD Curing Layer, 106 4th Adhesive Layer, 112 3rd Adhesive Layer, 111 1st LCD Curing Layer, 113 2nd LCD Curing Layer, 114 Surface Protective Film, 115
Adhesive layer, 116 separate film, 121 front plate, 122 adhesive layer, 123
Touch panel
Claims (13)
- 表面保護フィルムと積層体とを備える表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法であって、
前記積層体は、偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、
前記積層体の前記偏光子保護層側に前記表面保護フィルムを剥離可能に貼合して表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を得る貼合工程、及び
前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体を一方向に向けて、一対の押圧ロール間に挿入し、前記押圧ロール間を通過させることにより押圧する押圧工程
を含み、
前記偏光子保護層の前記偏光子とは反対側の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい、表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises a surface protective film and a laminate.
The laminate includes a polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer in this order.
A bonding step in which the surface protective film is detachably bonded to the polarizing element protective layer side of the laminated body to obtain a laminated body to which the surface protective film is bonded, and a lamination in which the surface protective film is bonded. Includes a pressing step in which the body is oriented in one direction, inserted between a pair of pressing rolls, and pressed by passing between the pressing rolls.
A method for producing a laminate with a surface protective film, wherein the pencil hardness of the surface of the polarizing element protective layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element is 3B or softer than 3B. - 前記一対の押圧ロールの表面硬度は60°以上90°以下である、請求項1に記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film according to claim 1, wherein the surface hardness of the pair of pressing rolls is 60 ° or more and 90 ° or less.
- 前記押圧工程において、前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体に与える圧力は0.5MPa以上1.0MPa以下である、請求項1又は2に記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a laminate with a surface protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein in the pressing step, the pressure applied to the laminate to which the surface protective film is bonded is 0.5 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less.
- 前記押圧工程において、前記表面保護フィルムが貼合された積層体の張力は0N/m以上30N/m以下である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の表面保護フィルム付き積層体の製造方法。 The laminate with a surface protective film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein in the pressing step, the tension of the laminate to which the surface protective film is attached is 0 N / m or more and 30 N / m or less. Production method.
- 偏光子保護層と、第1接着剤層と、偏光子と、第2接着剤層と、液晶硬化層とをこの順に備え、
前記偏光子保護層は、前記偏光子とは反対側にハードコート層を有し、
前記ハードコート層の表面の鉛筆硬度は、3Bであるか又は3Bより軟らかい、積層体。 A polarizing element protective layer, a first adhesive layer, a polarizing element, a second adhesive layer, and a liquid crystal curing layer are provided in this order.
The polarizing element protective layer has a hard coat layer on the side opposite to the polarizing element.
A laminate having a pencil hardness on the surface of the hardcourt layer of 3B or softer than 3B. - 前記積層体の厚みは70μm以下である、請求項5に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 5, wherein the thickness of the laminate is 70 μm or less.
- 前記偏光子のハードコート層側のいずれかの層が紫外線吸収性である、請求項5又は6に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 5 or 6, wherein any layer on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element is ultraviolet absorbent.
- 前記偏光子のハードコート層側のいずれかの層は、波長410nmにおける吸光度が0.5以上である、請求項5~7のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein any layer on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element has an absorbance of 0.5 or more at a wavelength of 410 nm.
- 前記偏光子は、二色性色素及びポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを含む、請求項5~8のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein the polarizing element contains a dichroic dye and a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film.
- 前記液晶硬化層は、前記第2接着剤層側から順に、第1液晶硬化位相差層と、第3接着剤層と、第2液晶硬化位相差層とを含む、請求項5~9のいずれか一項に記載の積層体。 Any of claims 5 to 9, wherein the liquid crystal curing layer includes a first liquid crystal curing retardation layer, a third adhesive layer, and a second liquid crystal curing retardation layer in order from the second adhesive layer side. The laminated body according to one item.
- 請求項5~10のいずれか一項に記載の積層体と、前記偏光子保護層のハードコート層側に積層された表面保護フィルムとを含む、表面保護フィルム付き積層体。 A laminate with a surface protective film, which comprises the laminate according to any one of claims 5 to 10 and a surface protective film laminated on the hard coat layer side of the polarizing element protective layer.
- 請求項5~10のいずれか一項に記載の積層体を含む、円偏光板。 A circular polarizing plate including the laminate according to any one of claims 5 to 10.
- 請求項5~10のいずれか一項に記載の積層体と、前面板又はタッチセンサとを含む、フレキシブル画像表示装置用積層体。 A laminate for a flexible image display device, which includes the laminate according to any one of claims 5 to 10 and a front plate or a touch sensor.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2020217432A JP2022102603A (en) | 2020-12-25 | 2020-12-25 | Manufacturing method of laminate with surface protective film, and laminate |
JP2020-217432 | 2020-12-25 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022137922A1 true WO2022137922A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 |
Family
ID=82159044
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2021/042519 WO2022137922A1 (en) | 2020-12-25 | 2021-11-19 | Production method for laminate equipped with surface protection film, and laminate |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2022102603A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202231476A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022137922A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR20240102687A (en) * | 2022-12-26 | 2024-07-03 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Polarizing Plate for Antireflection and Display Device Comprising the Same |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20190317353A1 (en) * | 2016-10-31 | 2019-10-17 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Viewer-side polarizing plate for liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display device comprising same |
WO2020121965A1 (en) * | 2018-12-10 | 2020-06-18 | 住友化学株式会社 | Laminate and image display device using same |
JP2020129107A (en) * | 2018-12-28 | 2020-08-27 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Optical film, polarizer and image display device |
-
2020
- 2020-12-25 JP JP2020217432A patent/JP2022102603A/en active Pending
-
2021
- 2021-11-19 WO PCT/JP2021/042519 patent/WO2022137922A1/en active Application Filing
- 2021-12-07 TW TW110145686A patent/TW202231476A/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20190317353A1 (en) * | 2016-10-31 | 2019-10-17 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Viewer-side polarizing plate for liquid crystal display device, and liquid crystal display device comprising same |
WO2020121965A1 (en) * | 2018-12-10 | 2020-06-18 | 住友化学株式会社 | Laminate and image display device using same |
JP2020129107A (en) * | 2018-12-28 | 2020-08-27 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Optical film, polarizer and image display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2022102603A (en) | 2022-07-07 |
TW202231476A (en) | 2022-08-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP2024054876A (en) | Polarizing plate and display device | |
JP2020126226A (en) | Polarizing plate and display device | |
JP2019148734A (en) | Circularly polarizing plate | |
JP7181260B2 (en) | circular polarizer | |
JP7533719B2 (en) | Polarizing plate | |
JP2020101815A (en) | Polarizing plate set | |
JP6680347B2 (en) | Laminate | |
JP2023029876A (en) | optical laminate | |
WO2021085000A1 (en) | Optical laminate and display device | |
JP7263804B2 (en) | laminated film | |
WO2022137922A1 (en) | Production method for laminate equipped with surface protection film, and laminate | |
JP7046127B6 (en) | Image display device including an optical laminate and a polarizing plate with a retardation layer of the optical laminate | |
JP2021036325A (en) | Optical laminate | |
WO2022130766A1 (en) | Foldable polarizing plate | |
KR20200047378A (en) | Laminate of liquid crystal layer | |
WO2022004137A1 (en) | Polarizing plate with adhesive layer | |
JP2021047229A (en) | Laminated retardation film | |
TWI855147B (en) | Circular polarizing plate, laminate for flexible image display device containing the circular polarizing plate, and image dispaly device having the circular polarizing plate | |
JP2022096970A (en) | Laminate | |
JP7573964B2 (en) | Method for producing optical laminate and optical laminate | |
WO2022181188A1 (en) | Laminate and method for manufacturing image display panel | |
WO2023189811A1 (en) | Polarizing film, layered polarizing film, image display panel, and image display device | |
TW202313344A (en) | Retardation layer-equipped polarizing plate and image display device using same | |
JP2022148467A (en) | optical laminate |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21910075 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21910075 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |